WO2009081939A1 - Support device for vehicle door, and vehicle door device - Google Patents
Support device for vehicle door, and vehicle door device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2009081939A1 WO2009081939A1 PCT/JP2008/073445 JP2008073445W WO2009081939A1 WO 2009081939 A1 WO2009081939 A1 WO 2009081939A1 JP 2008073445 W JP2008073445 W JP 2008073445W WO 2009081939 A1 WO2009081939 A1 WO 2009081939A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- door
- state
- vehicle
- vehicle body
- lower door
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
- B60J5/00—Doors
- B60J5/10—Doors arranged at the vehicle rear
- B60J5/12—Doors arranged at the vehicle rear slidable; foldable
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60J—WINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
- B60J5/00—Doors
- B60J5/10—Doors arranged at the vehicle rear
- B60J5/101—Doors arranged at the vehicle rear for non-load transporting vehicles, i.e. family cars including vans
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F1/00—Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass
- E05F1/08—Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass spring-actuated, e.g. for horizontally sliding wings
- E05F1/10—Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass spring-actuated, e.g. for horizontally sliding wings for swinging wings, e.g. counterbalance
- E05F1/1091—Closers or openers for wings, not otherwise provided for in this subclass spring-actuated, e.g. for horizontally sliding wings for swinging wings, e.g. counterbalance with a gas spring
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F3/00—Closers or openers with braking devices, e.g. checks; Construction of pneumatic or liquid braking devices
- E05F3/02—Closers or openers with braking devices, e.g. checks; Construction of pneumatic or liquid braking devices with pneumatic piston brakes
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F15/00—Power-operated mechanisms for wings
- E05F15/60—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators
- E05F15/603—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors
- E05F15/605—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for folding wings
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05Y—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO HINGES OR OTHER SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS AND DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION, CHECKS FOR WINGS AND WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05Y2900/00—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof
- E05Y2900/50—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for vehicles
- E05Y2900/53—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for vehicles characterised by the type of wing
- E05Y2900/546—Tailgates
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a vehicle door support device and a vehicle door device, and more particularly, an upper door adapted to be pivotally connected to a vehicle body at an upper end portion, and a lower end portion of the upper door.
- a lower door that is pivotably connected to the upper door, the upper door being rotated with respect to the vehicle body while the lower door is being rotated with respect to the upper door, and a connection portion between the upper door and the lower door being the vehicle body
- the present invention relates to a vehicle door support device and a vehicle door device which move so as to protrude outward, and are in a fully closed state in which an opening formed in the vehicle body is closed, in a half-open state in which the opening is opened, and in a fully open state.
- a back door As a passenger car, there are vehicles of a type provided with an opening / closing door (hereinafter referred to as a âback doorâ) in an opening provided on the rear surface of the vehicle, for example, a wagon type, a van type, and a hatchback type vehicle.
- a typical back door is supported by the rear end of the roof so that it can be pivoted in the vertical direction at the upper end of the door, and a person holds the handle provided on the back door and flips the back door up rearward and upward. Is released.
- a space corresponding to the height (rotation radius) of the back door in the horizontal direction is required at the rear of the vehicle body.
- Patent Document 1 is configured such that the back door is divided into an upper door and a lower door, these are connected via a hinge, and when the two doors are folded, the connecting portion of the door projects to the rear of the vehicle body, A folding door that does not require much space behind the vehicle when the back door is opened is disclosed.
- an upper door 81a and a lower door 81b are connected by a central hinge 82, and an upper end portion of the upper door 81a is connected to a roof 84 of an automobile via a pair of left and right hinges 83. It is connected to the rear end so that it can be opened and closed.
- a handle 85 is attached to the lower door 81b, and rolling wheels 86 are rotatably attached to both sides of the lower end portion of the lower door 81b.
- Rails 87 for guiding the rolling wheels 86 are provided on both inner side surfaces of the opening formed on the rear surface of the vehicle body so as to extend from the upper end to the lower end of the opening.
- a fall prevention unit 88 for preventing the fall is provided.
- the lower end of the lower door 81b rises along the rail 87, and the back door 81 is bent so that the lower door 81b does not protrude rearward of the vehicle.
- the use of the rails 87 for guiding the rolling wheels 86 provided on both the inner surfaces of the rolling wheels 86 and the openings increases the number of changes on the vehicle body side and makes the vehicle mountability worse.
- the lower end of the lower door 81b extends substantially rearwardly with the upper end of the rail 87 as the center of rotation, so the door presses overhead space. For this reason, an opening area is small compared with a single door, and the loading / unloading property of a load is poor.
- a first object of the present invention is to provide a support device for a vehicle door that can be easily mounted on a vehicle and can improve the loading / unloading property of a load.
- the second object of the present invention is to provide a vehicle door rod structure and a vehicle door support device that can reduce the folding direction and design restrictions of the door.
- a third object of the present invention is to provide a vehicle door that can prevent reverse folding of the middle folding door even if the middle folding door provided with the rod structure is closed from a fully opened state without passing through a half opened state.
- a support device and a vehicle door device are provided.
- a support device for a vehicle door includes an upper door adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body at an upper end, and a lower door pivotally connected to a lower end of the upper door, the lower door
- the upper door rotates relative to the vehicle body while rotating with respect to the upper door, and the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body.
- the vehicle door support device is in a fully closed state in which an opening formed in the vehicle body is closed, a half-open state in which the opening is opened, and a fully-open state.
- the support device for the vehicle door is adapted so that the first end is rotatably attached to the vehicle body, the second end is adapted to be connected to the lower door, and connects the vehicle body and the lower door.
- a lock device provided between the vehicle body and the rod mechanism or between the lower door and the rod mechanism and capable of holding the rod mechanism in the first state.
- the rod mechanism includes a rotary arm that is rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door, and a rod member that connects the rotary arm to either the vehicle body or the lower door.
- the support device further includes a biasing member that rotates the rotating arm by a biasing force and shifts the rod mechanism from the first state to the second state when the vehicle door shifts from the half-open state to the full-open state.
- the locking device includes a stopper member provided at a position capable of contacting the rotating arm, and the biasing member biases the rotating arm in a direction in which the rotating arm is pressed against the stopper member, thereby causing the rod mechanism to operate first. 1 state is maintained.
- the rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided on the rotating arm, and the locking device is provided movably on the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to lock the rotating arm.
- a lock member that restricts rotation; and an operation mechanism that moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked with the locked portion.
- the rod mechanism includes a cylindrical housing that is rotatably attached to the vehicle body or the lower door, and a rod that is partially inserted into the housing and can be retracted and retracted from the housing. Is done.
- the lock device restricts the rod from appearing and protruding while the rod mechanism is contracted to hold the rod mechanism in the first state.
- the rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided in the housing, and the lock device is movably supported by the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to make the rod mechanism the first mechanism.
- a lock member that can be held in a state, and an operation mechanism that moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked with the locked portion.
- the locking device is in a locked state in which the rod mechanism is held in the first state when the rod is immersed, and an unlocked state in which the rod mechanism is allowed to shift to the second state. It is configured to switch alternately.
- the rod mechanism includes a support base attached to the vehicle body, a fixed side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable side member coaxially movable with the fixed side member in the axial direction. And is extendable between a contracted state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully closed state and a half open state and an extended state in which the vehicle door is fully opened, and is provided between the fixed side member and the movable side member. And a telescopic rod body provided with biasing means for biasing the movable side member toward the extension side.
- the locking device includes switching means that is provided on the fixed side member and switches between a locked state in which the movable side member is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable side member is allowed to be extended.
- the support device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the support device is engaged with the switching means in the middle of movement to reset the switching means to the locked state.
- the switching means is formed in a cylindrical shape and is provided so as to be rotatable on the proximal end side of the fixed side member and movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction, and the movable side member moves to the contraction side. At this time, it engages with a rotating part provided on the movable side member and is rotated by a predetermined angle in a certain direction, and the movement of the movable side member is restricted by engaging with the engaging part provided on the movable side member.
- Rotating members that are alternately arranged at the locking position to be engaged and the unlocking position that cannot be locked, the spring that biases the rotating member toward the extension side of the telescopic rod body, and the rotating member can be rotated together.
- the engaging projections are provided at a pitch twice as large as a predetermined angle, and are provided with a reset member that can engage with the reset means.
- the rotating part has a cam part in which crests are formed at predetermined angular intervals, the rotating member penetrates the reset member, and the end of the rotating member that is closer to the movable side member Is provided with a serrated cam that can be engaged with the cam portion, and at the end opposite to the cam portion across the reset member is engaged with a fixed gear arranged at a predetermined position to rotate the rotating member.
- the reset member is rotatably connected to the rotating member via a torsion spring, and the reaction force of the torsion spring is a reaction that can cause the rotating member to idle. It is set larger than force.
- the telescopic rod body is held in the contracted state while the vehicle door is opened from the fully closed state to the half open state, and the switching means is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state in the half open state.
- Transition to the extended state the vehicle door is fully open, When the vehicle door is fully opened and the lower door is rotated about the connecting portion to make the vehicle door half open, the switching means is changed from the extended state to the contracted state, and the switching means is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state.
- an upper door having an upper end adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body, and a lower door having an upper end pivotally connected to a lower end of the upper door, the lower door being A fully closed state in which the upper door rotates with respect to the vehicle body while rotating with respect to the upper door, the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body, and the opening formed in the vehicle body is closed.
- a vehicle door that is in a half-open state and a full-open state that opens the opening, a vehicle body and the lower door, and a first state that supports the lower door in the fully-closed state and the half-open state of the vehicle door;
- a restricting member that is provided on the upper door or the lower door and restricts the first connecting portion from being bent toward the inside of the vehicle body when the vehicle door is closed from the fully opened state.
- the rod mechanism includes a rotating arm that is rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door, and a rod member that connects the rotating arm and the other of the vehicle body and the lower door.
- the lock device is movably provided on the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to restrict the rotation of the rotary arm, and moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked.
- an operating mechanism for movement The vehicle door device further includes a biasing member that rotates the rotating arm by a biasing force to shift the rod mechanism from the first state to the second state when the folding door is shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state.
- the rod mechanism includes a support base attached to the vehicle body, a fixed side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable side member coaxially movable with the fixed side member in the axial direction. Between the fixed side member and the movable side member, and can be extended and contracted between a contracted state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully closed state and a half open state and an extended state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully open state.
- a telescopic rod body provided with an urging means for urging the movable side member toward the extension side, Is provided.
- the locking device includes switching means that is provided on the fixed side member and switches between a locked state in which the movable side member is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable side member is allowed to enter an extended state.
- the vehicle door device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the vehicle door device is engaged with the switching means during the movement to reset the switching means to the locked state.
- the schematic side view of the support apparatus of the back door in one Embodiment. 2B is a schematic partial side view of FIG. 2A.
- 3B is a schematic partial side view of FIG. 3A.
- the schematic perspective view of a locking mechanism. 4B is a schematic partial side view of FIG. 4A.
- FIG. The schematic side view of the support device of a back door which shows the state where a back door is a half open state or a full open state.
- FIG. 6B is a schematic partial enlarged view of FIG. 6A.
- FIG. 6B is a schematic cross-sectional view of FIG. 6A.
- the expanded view explaining a lock mechanism. The expanded view explaining a lock mechanism.
- the typical partial side view which shows a back door when it is a fully-closed state or a half-open state in another embodiment.
- the typical partial side view which shows a back door when it is a half open state or a full open state in another embodiment.
- FIG. 11B is an enlarged sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 11B.
- FIG. 11B is an enlarged sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 11B.
- FIG. 11B is an enlarged cross-sectional view taken along line CC of FIG. 11B.
- FIG. 11D is an enlarged sectional view taken along line DD in FIG. 11C.
- FIG. 14C is a cross-sectional view corresponding to FIG. 14C in the locked state.
- the schematic side view which shows the relationship of the upper door, lower door, hinge, and control member in 6th Embodiment.
- the schematic partial side view of the support apparatus of the back door in another embodiment.
- the schematic partial side view of the support apparatus of the back door in another embodiment.
- a folding back door 15 is supported on a rear body 13 of a vehicle body 11 via a pair of left and right upper hinges 14 in a vehicle body 11 of a vehicle as a vehicle.
- the back door 15 opens and closes an opening formed in the rear portion of the vehicle body 11.
- the back door 15 is divided into an upper door 16 and a lower door 17, and a lower portion of the upper door 16 and an upper portion of the lower door 17 are connected to each other via a pair of left and right center hinges 18.
- the vertical length of the upper door 16 is longer than the vertical length of the lower door 17.
- the âlength in the vertical direction of the doorâ means the length in the vertical direction in the fully closed state of the back door 15.
- a known locking device (not shown) is provided between the lower end of the lower door 17 and the vehicle body 11. On the outer surface of the lower door 17, there is provided a handle 17a capable of switching a known locking device to lock / unlock.
- the upper end of the upper door 16 and the inside of the opening of the vehicle body 11 are connected via a damper stay 19.
- the damper stay 19 is composed of a gas piston filled with compressed gas.
- the damper stay 19 is shown only in FIG. 2A, and is not shown in other drawings.
- a pair of left and right rod mechanisms 20 are provided between the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 and the lower door 17.
- Each rod mechanism 20 connects a rotary arm 22 rotatably attached to the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 via a first hinge 21 as a fulcrum on the vehicle body 11 side, and the rotary arm 22 and the lower door 17.
- Rod member 23 has a first end 23 a connected to the rotary arm 22 and a second end 23 b as a fulcrum on the side of the lower door 17 connected to the center of the side 17 b of the lower door 17.
- the rod mechanism 20 is arranged so that it can be opened with the back door 15 folded.
- the rotary arm 22 is connected to the first end 23 a of the rod member 23 at a position below the first hinge 21 and above the first end 23 a of the rod member 23.
- the tip 25a of the rod 25 of the gas spring 24 is connected at the part.
- the gas spring 24 as an urging member is rotatably attached to the rear portion of the side frame 12 via the second hinge 26 at the end 24 a opposite to the rod 25.
- the gas spring 24 is composed of a gas piston filled with compressed gas, and its full length can be expanded and contracted. That is, the gas spring 24 is configured such that the rod 25 extends upon receiving the internal gas pressure of the compressed gas, and is retracted when the rod 25 receives an external force greater than the gas pressure.
- the tip 25a of the rod 25 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 are imaginary lines Q1 connecting the center P1 of the first hinge 21 and the center P2 of the second hinge 26. Located to intersect with.
- the gas spring 24 urges the rotating arm 22 in the clockwise direction in FIG. 2B to bring the rotating arm 22 into contact with the stopper member 27 provided on the vehicle body 11.
- the rod mechanism 20 is held in the first state.
- the gas spring 24 and the stopper member 27 constitute a lock mechanism that holds the rod mechanism 20 in the first state.
- the back door 15 when the back door 15 is in a half-open state, the back door 15 is in a bent state in which the connecting portion CN between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 projects outward from the vehicle body.
- the rotating arm 22 is rotated against the biasing force of the gas spring 24, and the first hinge 21 and the second end portion of the rod member 23 are rotated.
- the distance to 23b can be changed.
- the rod mechanism 20 in response to the back door 15 being fully opened, the rod mechanism 20 is in the second state, and the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 is half open. Also gets longer.
- the handle 17a is operated to release the door lock of the back door 15 by a lock device (not shown).
- a lock device not shown
- the handle 17a provided on the lower door 17 and operates to pull up the back door 15
- the upper door 16 rotates upward about the upper hinge 14, and the back door 15 is moved to FIG. 2A. It shifts to a half-open state as shown by the two-dot chain line.
- the rod mechanism 20 is in the first state, and the lower door 17 substantially holds the posture in the fully closed state by the rod member 23. Move in state.
- the rotation locus R1 of the lower end of the lower door 17 becomes as shown by a one-dot chain line in FIG. Becomes smaller.
- the lower door 17 is in a posture substantially parallel to the rear surface 11 a of the vehicle body 11, and therefore, the height position of the lower end of the lower door 17 is low, so Even a difficult person (for example, an elderly person) can grasp the lower door 17.
- the lower door 17 When loading / unloading a large load through the opening at the rear of the vehicle body, the lower door 17 may be interfered with the load because the back door 15 is folded halfway open. Therefore, the back door 15 is shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state.
- the second end 23 b of the rod member 23 moves around the center hinge 18.
- the tip 25a of the rod 25 passes the imaginary line Q1, the gas spring 24 turns over, that is, the urging direction of the gas spring 24 with respect to the rotating arm 22 is switched.
- the rotating arm 22 rotates in a direction away from the stopper member 27 against the urging force of the gas spring 24, and shifts from the state indicated by the solid line in FIG. 3B to the state indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 3B.
- the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23 b of the rod member 23 increases, and the lower door 17 rotates upward about the center hinge 18 so as to be separated from the vehicle body 11.
- the vehicle body 11 and the lower door 17 are connected by a rod mechanism 20.
- the first state of the rod mechanism 20 corresponds to the fully closed state and the half open state of the back door 15, and the second state of the rod mechanism 20 corresponds to the fully open state of the back door 15.
- the number of changes in the vehicle body 11 is small and the vehicle mountability is improved as compared with the configuration in which the door opening / closing state is regulated by the conventional guide rail and rolling wheels.
- the rod mechanism 20 is configured. That is, when the second end portion 23b of the rod member 23 is separated from the vehicle body 11, the back door 15 is shifted to the fully open state. Therefore, for example, when loading and unloading luggage, if the back door 15 is shifted to a fully opened state in which the lower door 17 is separated from the vehicle body 11, the opening of the vehicle is less than when the back door 15 is half opened. The area is increased, and the loading and unloading ability of the luggage can be improved.
- the open state of the back door 15 can be changed in two stages, a half-open state and a full-open state. For this reason, when the back space of the vehicle is narrow, opening and closing in a half-open state reduces the turning radius when the back door 15 is closed, and the back door 15 can be prevented from interfering with surrounding objects. Further, when closing from the back door 15, the operation can be facilitated even when the rear space of the vehicle is narrow by closing after the half-open state.
- the back door 15 can be in a fully open state extending in the rearward direction of the vehicle body 11 with the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 being flipped upward. Therefore, since the rearward protrusion amount of the back door 15 is larger than that of the conventional example, the back door 15 can be used as a rain guard, for example, when loading and unloading a vehicle load on rainy weather.
- the rod mechanism 20 includes a rotating arm 22 rotatably attached to the vehicle body 11 and a rod member 23 that connects the rotating arm 22 and the lower door 17.
- a rotating arm 22 When the rotary arm 22 is rotated by the urging force of the gas spring 24, the second end 23b of the rod member 23 is separated from the vehicle body 11, and the back door 15 can be shifted to the fully open state.
- a stopper member 27 is provided at the rear portion of the side frame 12.
- the gas spring 24 biases the rotating arm 22 in a direction in which the back door 15 is pressed against the stopper member 27 until the back door 15 is in the fully closed state to the half open state.
- the direction in which the rotating arm 22 is urged is switched to the direction away from the stopper member 27. Therefore, if the simple operation of opening the lower door 17 is performed, the back door 15 can be shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state.
- the gas spring 32 as the rod mechanism is pivotable to the upper side of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 via the third hinge member 31 at the first end portion 32 a as a fulcrum on the vehicle body 11 side. Is attached.
- the second end portion 32 b of the gas spring 32 that is, the tip end portion of the rod 35 is connected to the side portion 17 b of the lower door 17 through the lock mechanism 33, and the second end portion 32 b functions as a fulcrum on the lower door 17 side.
- the gas spring 32 is composed of a gas piston in which a compressed gas is sealed in a cylinder tube 34 as a housing, and can be expanded and contracted. Specifically, the gas spring 32 is configured such that the rod 35 protrudes due to the internal gas pressure of the compressed gas, and the rod 35 is immersed when an external force is received. That is, the gas spring 32 shifts between a contracted state as the first state corresponding to the fully closed state and the half-open state of the back door 15 and an extended state as the second state corresponding to the fully open state of the back door 15. Is possible.
- the base portion 37 constituting the lock mechanism 33 is fixedly attached to the side portion 17b (see FIG. 4C) of the lower door 17 by a fixing screw 38.
- the base portion 37 includes a base plate 39 that is directly attached to the side portion 17 b of the lower door 17, and a support piece 40 that extends from one side edge of the base plate 39 and extends to face the base plate 39. Between the base plate 39 and the support piece 40, a shaft 41 having a screw hole (not shown) formed therein is provided.
- the shaft 41 passes through the second end 32b of the gas spring 32, and the support screw 43 is screwed into the screw hole of the shaft 41 via the support piece 40, whereby the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 is It is supported rotatably.
- FIG. 4B shows the lock mechanism 33 when the back door 15 is in a half-open state.
- a flat-plate-like lock that is rotatably supported by the shaft 41, that is, a hook 44 as a lock member is provided.
- a locked projection 36 as a locked portion is provided on the outer surface of the cylinder tube 34, and a first end portion of the hook 44 forms a hooking portion 45 that can lock the locked projection 36.
- the hooking portion 45 has a concave surface 46 along the peripheral surface of the locked projection 36.
- a front end surface 47 of the hooking portion 45 that is continuous with the concave surface 46 is formed in an oblique shape.
- the second end 48 of the hook 44 extends to a position corresponding to the guide hole 49 formed in the base plate 39.
- a winding spring 50 is provided between the hook 44 and the second end 32 b of the gas spring 32, and the winding spring 50 is attached to the hook 44 in the rotational direction in which the hooking portion 45 of the hook 44 is pressed against the locked protrusion 36.
- a force is applied to hold the hook 44 in a posture of being locked to the locked protrusion 36. While the back door 15 is in the half-open state from the fully closed state, the hook 44 is rotated with the movement of the rod 35, and the gas spring 32 is shortened in its entire length because the rod 35 is immersed in the cylinder tube 34. Is kept in a contracted state.
- a release operation lever 51 is attached inside the base plate 39 of the base portion 37 so as to be rotatable around the same position as the shaft 41.
- a base end (not shown) of the release operation lever 51 is supported by a bolt (not shown), and a cable 52 linked to the handle 55 is connected to the tip 51a.
- the cable 52 is configured to be pulled when the handle 55 is operated to rotate the release operation lever 51.
- a cable clamp 53 that holds the cable 52 is attached to the inside of the base plate 39.
- the release operation lever 51 includes a pin 54 as a contact portion that passes through a guide hole 49 formed in the base plate 39 and protrudes to a position where it can contact the hook 44. As shown in FIG.
- the side portion 17b of the lower door 17 is provided with a hole 28 at a portion corresponding to the lock mechanism 33, and the release operation lever 51 and the cable clamp 53 are disposed inside the lower door 17, that is, inside the vehicle body. In this state, it is attached to the base plate 39 through the hole 28.
- the release operation lever 51, the cable 52, the cable clamp 53, and the handle 55 constitute an operation mechanism.
- the pin 54 moves along the guide hole 49 when the release operation lever 51 rotates.
- the pin 54 is separated from the second end 48 of the hook 44 when the back door 15 is in the fully closed state.
- the pin 54 abuts on the second end 48 of the hook 44 when the back door 15 shifts to the half-open state, and the pin 54 can be moved along the guide hole 49 in this state. If the hook 44 rotates, the gas spring 32 is released from the contracted state, and the distance between the first end 32a and the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 can be changed.
- the handle 55 is operated to release the door lock.
- the upper door 16 rotates upward about the upper hinge 14, and the back door 15 is in a half-open state as shown by a solid line in FIG. 5A.
- the hook 44 locks the locked protrusion 36
- the rod 35 of the gas spring 32 does not protrude, and the gas spring 32 remains held in the contracted state by the lock mechanism 33.
- the distance between the first end 32a and the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 (the total length of the gas spring 32) is constant.
- the protrusion amount of the back door 15 from the rear end of the vehicle is reduced.
- the lower door 17 When loading / unloading a large load through the opening at the rear of the vehicle body, the lower door 17 may be interfered with the load because the back door 15 is folded halfway open. Therefore, after the back door 15 is shifted to the half-open state, the handle 55 is operated, the cable 52 is pulled, and the release operation lever 51 is rotated. Then, as indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 5B, the pin 54 moves along the guide hole 49, and the second end 48 of the hook 44 is pushed by the pin 54, whereby the hook 44 is locked. It rotates in the direction away from. The locked projection 36 is unlocked by the hook 44, the rod 35 is extended, and the lower door 17 is rotated upward about the center hinge 18 so as to be separated from the vehicle body 11.
- the gas spring 32 as the rod mechanism restricts the rotation of the lower door 17, there are few changes on the vehicle body 11 side. Specifically, there is a space for adding a rod mechanism on the vehicle body side, and if a mounting hole for the rod mechanism is provided, the rod mechanism can be added with almost no change on the vehicle body side.
- a locked projection 36 is provided on the outer surface of the cylinder tube 34 of the gas spring 32.
- the lock mechanism 33 includes a hook 44 capable of locking the locked protrusion 36, a pin 54 provided at a position where the second end 48 of the hook 44 can be contacted, and a release operation lever 51. Yes.
- the handle 55 is configured such that the release operation lever 51 can be rotated via a cable 52. Therefore, if the handle 55 is not operated, the rod 35 does not protrude and the gas spring 32 does not extend. Therefore, the gas spring 32 can be reliably held in the first state, and the amount of protrusion of the back door 15 from the rear end of the vehicle can be reduced when the back door 15 shifts from the fully closed state to the half open state. it can.
- a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first embodiment and the second embodiment.
- the third embodiment is mainly different from the first embodiment and the second embodiment in the configuration of the gas spring and the lock mechanism, and this point will be mainly described.
- the gas spring 60 includes a cylinder tube 63 serving as a housing that defines a gas chamber 62 in which compressed gas is sealed, and a part of the gas spring 60 that is inserted into the gas chamber 62 and is inflated by the pressure of the compressed gas. And an operating rod 64.
- a base end portion (not shown) of the gas spring 60 is rotatably attached to the vehicle body 11, and a tip end portion 64 a of the rod 64 is directly attached to the lower door 17.
- a reduced diameter portion 65 is formed in a part of the rod 64, and a rotor 66 is attached to the reduced diameter portion 65 so as to be rotatable with respect to the reduced diameter portion 65.
- the rotor 66 is provided with a plurality of protrusions to be locked 67 at equal intervals in the circumferential direction.
- the distal end 67a of the locked portion 67 is formed so as to exist outside the outer periphery of the rod 64, and the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 located on the opposite side of the gas chamber 62 is formed in an oblique shape.
- a portion of the rod 64 facing the end face 68 of the locked portion 67 is provided with a plurality of mountain-shaped cam portions 69 that are continuous at equal intervals.
- the cam portion 69 presses the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 so that the rotor 66 can be rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle (in this embodiment, 60 degrees clockwise in FIG. 6C).
- the top of the cam portion 69 is formed in a shape that always deviates from the apex of the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67.
- the rotor 66 and the reduced diameter portion 65 are located in a lock chamber 61 provided in the cylinder tube 63.
- a spring 70 is interposed between the inner wall surface 61 a on the gas chamber 62 side that defines the lock chamber 61 and the rotor 66. The spring 70 urges the rotor 66 toward the end 63 a of the cylinder tube 63 on the side where the rod 64 extends toward the outside of the cylinder tube 63.
- the first ridge 71, the second ridge 73, and the guide groove 72 are sequentially arranged at positions corresponding to the portion of the rod 64 on the tip side of the reduced diameter portion 65. They are provided alternately in the circumferential direction.
- the first ridge 71 and the second ridge 73 as the locking members are respectively formed with inclined front end surfaces 71 a and 73 a, and the locked portion 67 is formed by the first and second ridges 71 and 73. Is configured to be able to be locked.
- the guide groove 72 allows passage of the locked portion 67 and extends from the lock chamber 61 to the vicinity of the end 63a of the cylinder tube 63 (see FIG. 6A).
- the front end surfaces 71a and 73a of the 1st protrusion 71 and the 2nd protrusion 73 are formed so that it may become in parallel with the end surface 68 of the to-be-latched part 67 which opposes, respectively.
- the front end surface 71 a of the first protrusion 71 functions to guide the locked portion 67 to the locking position by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, and the front end of the second protrusion 73.
- the surface 73 a functions to guide the locked portion 67 to the guide groove 72.
- the gas spring 60 In a state where the locked portion 67 is locked by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, the gas spring 60 is locked in a contracted state, and the locked portion 67 is guided by the guide groove 72. , The rod 64 protrudes and the unlocked state is allowed to allow the gas spring 60 to shift to the second state.
- the rotor 66, the cam portion 69, the first protrusion 71, the second protrusion 73, and the guide groove 72 constitute a lock mechanism as a lock device.
- the locked portion 67 is pushed by the cam portion 69 existing on the inner side of the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, and the locking by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73 is released. .
- the locked portion 67 moves along the cam portion 69 and is locked.
- the apex of the end surface 68 of the portion 67 coincides with the valley portion of the cam portion 69 and is locked.
- the locked portion 67 is the tip surface of the second protrusion 73. It moves along 73a, and the to-be-latched part 67 is guided to the guide groove 72 as shown in FIG. 7C. Then, the lock mechanism is switched to the unlocked state, and the rod 64 can be extended. The distance between the proximal end portion (not shown) of the gas spring 60 and the distal end portion 64a of the rod 64 is increased, and the back door 15 is shifted to the fully open state.
- the lock mechanism can be alternately switched between the locked state and the unlocked state by being pushed so that the rod 64 is immersed. Therefore, in order to release the holding of the contracted state (first state) of the rod mechanism by the lock mechanism, for example, it is not necessary to prepare parts constituting the operating mechanism such as a handle, an actuator, a cable, etc. Good.
- the lock by the lock mechanism can be released simply by pushing the rod 64 of the gas spring 60 into the rod 64. Therefore, there is no need for the user to search for a release handle or a release switch. Even when the space behind the vehicle is small and the user is standing beside the vehicle, the lock by the lock chamber 61 can be released only by the user performing an operation of pushing the rod 64 from the side of the vehicle.
- the fourth embodiment is different from the first to third embodiments in that a garnish and a seal member for preventing rainwater from entering the back door 15 are added. Since the rod mechanism and other configurations are basically the same as those in the first embodiment, the description of the same parts is omitted.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic side views showing a connection state of the upper part of the lower door 17 with respect to the lower part of the upper door 16.
- the solid line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed
- the two-dot chain line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is half open.
- the solid line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is in the half-open state
- the two-dot chain line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is in the fully open state.
- the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 are over so that the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 is disposed outside the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed. Wrapped.
- the portion constituting the connecting side end portion 16 c extends obliquely downward and rearward so as to avoid interference with the tip of the connecting side end portion 17 c of the lower door 17.
- a stepped portion 78 that is recessed toward the vehicle inner side by an outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 is formed at the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17, and the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 and the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 are connected to each other. There is a gap S between them.
- a rubber seal member T is fixed to the step 78 of the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 on the surface facing the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed.
- the seal member T is positioned obliquely rearward and lower than the center of the center hinge 18 in the fully closed state of the back door 15, and the tip portion T1 of the seal member T is in close contact with the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16.
- the seal member T extends over substantially the entire width of the lower door 17, and both end portions (not shown) reach the left and right ends of the lower door 17. Therefore, the sealing member T suppresses the intrusion of rainwater into the back door 15 over the substantially entire length in the width direction when the back door 15 is fully closed.
- a stepped portion U for fixing a substantially flat garnish 79 by fastening means (not shown) is formed on the rear surface of the outer panel 75 of the upper door 16, a stepped portion U for fixing a substantially flat garnish 79 by fastening means (not shown) is formed.
- the garnish 79 extends over the entire width direction of the upper door 16, and the end portion 79 a in the short-side direction protrudes outward from the connecting side end portion 16 c of the upper door 16. That is, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 8A, the end 79a of the garnish 79 is positioned below the connecting-side end 16c of the seal member T and the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed. As shown by the two-dot chain line, the back door 15 is located behind the seal member T in the half-open state.
- the end 79a of the garnish 79 is a groove formed by the seal member T and the step 78 of the lower door 17 and extending in the width direction of the lower door 17. It is comprised so that it may be located above a part.
- the back door 15 of the fourth embodiment is opened and closed in the same manner as the back door 15 of the first embodiment.
- the seal member T In the fully closed state of the back door 15, the seal member T is in close contact with the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 and prevents rainwater from entering the inner side of the back door 15 through the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 when it rains. To do.
- the sealing member T is separated from the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16, and the connection side end 16 c of the upper door 16 and the connection side end 17 c of the lower door 17.
- a gap V is formed between the two.
- the garnish 79 functions as a shade. That is, the garnish 79 is positioned above the seal member T, and the end 79a of the garnish 79 protrudes outward from the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16, so that the upper portion of the gap V is covered by the garnish 79.
- the rainwater blocked by the garnish 79 falls downward through the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 as shown by the solid line arrow in FIG. 8B. Accordingly, in the half-open state of the back door 15, rainwater is prevented from entering the back door 15 through the gap V between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17.
- the sealing member T that forms a groove-shaped portion together with the step 78 functions as a rain gutter, and the rainwater that has fallen on the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 is guided to the left and right ends of the lower door 17 to the outside of the vehicle. Discharged.
- the fourth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the effects (1) to (7) of the first embodiment.
- (13) The end 79 a of the garnish 79 provided on the upper door 16 protrudes outward from the connecting side end 16 c of the upper door 16.
- the garnish 79 In the half-open state of the back door 15, the garnish 79 is located above the seal member T, and the end 79 a is located behind the seal member T in the vehicle. Accordingly, when the back door 15 is in a half-open state during rainy weather, rain water can be blocked by the garnish 79, so that it is possible to prevent rain water from entering the back door 15.
- the interior and components inside the back door 15 can be prevented from getting wet, it is possible to prevent the luggage placed so as to contact the interior when the back door 15 is closed from being indirectly wet.
- the seal member T is provided on a surface of the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 facing the inner panel 74 of the Ap group lower 16 in the fully closed state.
- the seal member T and the stepped portion 78 formed on the lower door 17 form a groove-like portion.
- the seal member T functions as a gutter wall, and can prevent rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is fully opened. As a result, even when it rains, the back door 15 is fully opened, and loading and unloading work in a wide space under the back door 15 becomes possible.
- An existing seal member T provided to ensure liquid tightness when the back door 15 is fully closed is used as a means for preventing rainwater from entering when the back door 15 is fully open. Therefore, it is possible to prevent rainwater from entering without increasing the number of parts of the back door 15.
- the back door 15 is rotatably supported on the rear portion of the roof 13 of the vehicle body 11 via a pair of left and right hinges 14 as in the first embodiment. Yes.
- the back door 15 is divided into an upper door 16 and a lower door 17, and a lower portion of the upper door 16 and an upper portion of the lower door 17 are rotatably connected via a pair of hinges 18.
- the length of the upper door 16 in the vertical direction is longer than the length of the lower door 17 in the vertical direction.
- a handle 17 a is provided on the outer surface of the lower door 17, and a known lock device (not shown) is provided between the lower end of the lower door 17 and the vehicle body 11.
- a pair of left and right telescopic rods 119 as a rod mechanism 20 are provided between the vicinity of the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 and the lower door 17.
- the telescopic rod 119 is pivotally connected to the side frame 12 side at the proximal end and to the lower door 17 side at the distal end.
- the disposition position of the telescopic rod 119 is set so that the connecting portion between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 is folded and opened so that the connecting portion protrudes outward from the vehicle body.
- the back door 15 is rotated about the hinge 14 so that the lower end of the back door 15, that is, the lower end of the lower door 17, moves differently between the extended state and the contracted state of the telescopic rod 119. It has become.
- the telescopic rod 119 includes a telescopic rod main body 120 including a fixed side member 121 and a movable side member 122 that is coaxial with the fixed side member 121 and movable in the axial direction.
- 15 is configured to be extendable between a contracted state corresponding to the fully closed state of 15 and the half-opened state of the back door 15 and an extended state corresponding to the fully open state of the back door 15.
- the stationary member 121 includes a first rod 121a and a second rod 121b that are connected to each other.
- the movable side member 122 includes a bottomed cylindrical housing 123 and a rod portion 123 a protruding from the bottom of the housing 123.
- an air damper 124 is fixed in a state where the bottom of the air damper 124 faces the bottom of the housing 123.
- the second rod 121b of the fixed member 121 is constituted by a piston rod of the air damper 124, and the movable member 122 is movable in the axial direction within the range of the protruding amount of the second rod 121b from the air damper 124. That is, the air damper 124 is provided between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122 and constitutes a biasing unit that biases the movable side member 122 to extend.
- the base end of the first rod 121a is fixed to a support bracket 127 that is rotatably supported by a support base 125 via a support shaft 126.
- the fixed member 121 is provided with switching means 128 that switches between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be in an extended state.
- the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position, the support base 125 constituting the locking mechanism is engaged with the switching means 128 during the movement and the switching means 128 is locked.
- Reset means 129 for switching to is provided.
- a cylindrical rotating member 130 is rotatable and movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction on the proximal end side of the first rod 121a, that is, on the proximal end side of the fixed member 121.
- the rotating member 130 engages with a rotating portion 131 provided on the movable member 122 and rotates in a fixed direction by a predetermined angle (60 degrees in this embodiment).
- the lock position for restricting the movement of the movable member 122 and the unlock position for allowing the movement of the movable member 122 are alternately arranged.
- the rotating part 131 is formed in an annular shape and slidable along the first rod 121 a and is fixed to the open end of the housing 123.
- the rotating part 131 has a cam part 132 in which peak parts 132a are arranged at predetermined angular intervals on the end surface opposite to the side fixed to the housing 123.
- the cam portion 132 has six peak portions 132a arranged at intervals of 60 degrees.
- a cylindrical member 133 having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the rotating part 131 is provided at the open end of the housing 123 so that the tip of the cylindrical member 133 protrudes from the cam part 132 closer to the support bracket 127. ing.
- three locking portions 134 are arranged at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction.
- a sawtooth cam 135 that can be engaged with the cam portion 132 is formed at a first end portion of the rotating member 130 that faces the cam portion 132, and the rotating member 130 is formed at a second end that faces the first end portion.
- the provided spring 136 biases the telescopic rod body 120 in the extending direction.
- the cam 135 is formed in such a shape that when the pressing force is received by the cam portion 132 of the movable side member 122, the rotating member 130 is rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle (in this embodiment, 60 degrees in the direction of arrow K in FIG. 90).
- a reset member 137 is provided in the middle of the rotating member 130 so as to penetrate the rotating member 130.
- the reset member 137 is provided so as to be rotatable and slidable relative to the rotating member 130, and is connected to the rotating member 130 via a torsion spring 138.
- the rotating member 130 includes a locking position that restricts the movement of the movable side member 122 by engaging with a locking part 134 provided on the movable side member 122 between the reset member 137 and the cam 135, and a locking part.
- Locking projections 139 are provided alternately arranged at 134 and the unlock position where locking is impossible.
- a number (three in this embodiment) of locking projections 139 corresponding to the locking portions 134 are provided at positions where they are arranged inside the cylindrical member 133.
- the locking projections 139 are projected at a pitch twice as large as the rotation angle of each rotation member 130 (120 ° pitch in this embodiment).
- the rotating member 130 meshes with a fixed gear 140 disposed at a predetermined position to restrict the rotating member 130 from rotating in the direction opposite to the rotation direction.
- a gear portion 141 is formed.
- the fixed gear 140 is fixed to a channel-shaped bracket 142 fixed to the support bracket 127.
- the rotating member 130 is held in a state where the gear portion 141 is engaged with the fixed gear 140 by the biasing force of the spring 136.
- the gear portion 141 is formed in the same shape as the cam 135 and is arranged in the circumferential direction of the rotating member 130 in the same positional relationship as the cam 135. In other words, the rotating member 130 is rotated by 60 degrees in a fixed direction by the action of the cam portion 132 and the cam 135, and cannot be rotated in the reverse direction.
- the reset member 137 is rotatably connected to the rotating member 130 via the torsion spring 138, and the reaction force of the torsion spring 138 is set to be larger than the reaction force capable of causing the rotation member 130 to idle. .
- engagement convex portions 143 project from the rotation member 130 at a pitch twice as large as the rotation angle (predetermined angle) for each rotation.
- the rotating member 130, the spring 136, and the reset member 137 constitute a switching unit 128 that switches between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be extended. To do.
- the reset means 129 provided on the support base 125 is an engagement convex portion of the reset member 137 in the unlocked position when the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position. 143 is engaged, and the reset member 137 is rotated by a predetermined angle (60 degrees) in the rotating direction of the rotating member 130.
- the support base 125 is fixed to the vehicle body 11 with bolts 44 (shown in FIG. 11B), and the rod portion 123a can be rotated to the lower door 17 via a bracket and a hinge (not shown). Fixed to. As shown in FIG. 9, the support base 125 extends downward substantially parallel to the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed when the back door 15 is fully closed.
- the main body 120 is fixed in a contracted state at a position extending obliquely upward substantially parallel to the upper door 16. Further, the telescopic rod body 120 extends in an extended state substantially parallel to the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully opened.
- the operation of the support device for the back door 15 configured as described above will be described.
- the fully closed state that is, the state where the back door 15 is disposed at the position indicated by A in FIG. 9 and the back door 15 is in the half-open state, that is, the state indicated by B in FIG. 120 is held in a contracted state.
- the back door 15 is in a fully opened state, that is, in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at a position indicated by C in FIG.
- the locking projection 139 of the rotating member 130 is positioned inside the cylindrical member 133. Further, the relationship between the locking portion 134 and the locking projection 139 is in a state where they coincide with each other, as shown in FIGS. 14B and 14E. In this state, even if an urging force in the direction of moving from the air damper 124 to the movable side member 122 is applied to the extending side, the locking portion 134 comes into contact with the locking projection 139 and the movable side member 122 is moved. It is regulated and held in a contracted state.
- the upper door 16 rotates about the hinge 14 and the lower door 17 It is rotated in a state regulated by the positions of the telescopic rod main body 120 and the upper door 16 about the center, and is rotated to the half-open position. And the locus
- the switching means 128 When closing the back door 15 from the open state, if the back door 15 is in the half open state, the switching means 128 is held in the locked state, and the telescopic rod main body 120 is held in the contracted state. The main body 120 is rotated about the support shaft 126, and the upper door 16 is rotated about the hinge 14 to move to the fully closed position.
- the lower door 17 moves directly to the fully closed position without going through the half open state depending on how the force is applied.
- the reset member 137 constituting the switching means 128 is not present, the first end of the rotating member 130 enters the cylindrical member 133 during the contraction of the telescopic rod body 120, and the locking convex portion 139 is also a cylinder in the fully closed state. Located in member 133. However, since the movable member 122 does not need to apply a force to rotate the rotating member 130 while moving to the fully closed position, the rotating member 130 is unlocked even when the back door 15 is fully closed. Will remain.
- the switching means 128 includes the reset member 137 and the support base 125 is provided with the reset means 129.
- the reset unit 129 engages with the reset member 137 during the movement and switches the switching unit 128 to the locked state.
- the relationship between the reset member 137 and the reset means 129 in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at the fully closed position is as shown in FIG. 13A.
- the reset member 137 is not yet engaged with the reset means 129, that is, the reset member 137 is positioned above the reset means 129.
- 137 is in the unlocked position indicated by the chain line in FIG. 13B.
- the reset member 137 moves from above the support base 125 together with the first rod 121a and the rotating member 130. Therefore, when the reset member 137 is in the locked state, the engaging convex portion 143 is connected to the reset means 129.
- the rotating member 130 is also rotated 60 degrees via the torsion spring 138, and the locked state indicated by the solid line in which the locking portion 134 and the locking projection 139 face each other is achieved. That is, if the reset means 129 does not exist, the reset member 137 moves to the fully closed position in the unlocked state indicated by the chain line, but the reset means 129 reliably rotates to the lock position indicated by the solid line. The Therefore, when the back door 15 is opened, the telescopic rod body 120 is always opened to the half-opened state while being held in the contracted state.
- the telescopic rod 119 as the rod mechanism 20 is provided between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122, and between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122, and is attached so as to extend the movable side member 122.
- the telescopic rod 119 is extendable between a contracted state corresponding to the fully closed state and the half open state of the back door 15 and an extended state corresponding to the fully open state.
- the use of the telescopic rod 119 not only improves the vehicle mountability but also breaks the back door 15 as compared with the conventional configuration in which the door opening / closing state is regulated by the guide rail and the rolling wheel. There are few restrictions on direction and design.
- the fixed member 121 is provided with switching means 128 for switching between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be in an extended state.
- the support base 125 of the telescopic rod 119 is switched by engaging with the switching means 128 during the movement when the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 (the folding door) is moved to the fully closed position.
- a reset means 129 for switching the means 128 to the locked state is provided. Therefore, when the back door 15 is opened next time, the back door 15 is moved to the half-open state in the contracted state of the telescopic rod body 120, so that the door is prevented from interfering even when the space behind the vehicle is small.
- the switching means 128 is formed in a cylindrical shape, is rotatable on the proximal end side of the fixed member 121 and is movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction, and the rotating member 130 is expanded and contracted.
- a spring 136 that urges the rod 119 to extend, and a reset member 137 that can rotate integrally with the rotating member 130 are provided.
- the rotating member 130 engages with the rotating portion 131 provided on the movable member 122 and is rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle, and is provided on the movable member 122.
- the lock portions 134 are alternately arranged at a lock position for restricting the movement of the movable side member 122 by being locked with the lock portion 134 and an unlock position at which the lock portion 134 cannot be locked.
- the reset member 137 has engaging projections 143 protruding at a pitch twice the predetermined angle, and is configured to be able to engage with the reset means 129. Therefore, when the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position when the switching unit 128 is unlocked, the configuration for switching the switching unit 128 to the locked state during the movement is simplified.
- the rotating part 131 has the cam part 132 in which the mountain parts 132a are arranged at predetermined angular intervals.
- the rotating member 130 is provided in a state of penetrating the reset member 137, and a serrated cam 135 that can be engaged with the cam portion 132 is formed at the first end portion on the side where the telescopic rod 119 extends, and the reset member A gear portion 141 that engages with the fixed gear 140 disposed at a predetermined position and restricts the rotation of the rotating member 130 in the direction opposite to the rotation direction is formed at the second end portion on the opposite side across the 137.
- the reset member 137 is rotatably connected to the rotating member 130 via the torsion spring 138, and the reaction force of the torsion spring 138 is set to be larger than the reaction force capable of causing the rotation member 130 to idle. . Therefore, when a force for rotating the reset member 137 is applied by the reset means 129 in a state where the rotation of the rotation member 130 is restricted by the locking portion 134, the torsion spring 138 in a state where the rotation of the rotation member 130 is restricted. As a result of the deformation, the reset member 137 is rotated. Then, when the rotating member 130 can rotate with the movement of the movable member 122, the rotating member 130 is rotated to the locked position by the reaction force of the torsion spring 138. Therefore, it is avoided that an excessive force is applied to the rotating member 130 or the locking portion 134 and is damaged.
- the back door 15 Since the back door 15 is initially in a half-open state when opened, when the small door is taken in and out, the back door 15 may be put in and out with the half-open state, and can be fully opened as necessary.
- the sixth embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the back door 15 can be prevented from reverse folding even when the back door 15 is closed from the fully open state without passing through the half open state. ing.
- the point from which the control member is provided differs from 5th Embodiment.
- the telescopic rod 119 and other configurations are basically the same as those in the fifth embodiment, and thus the description of the same parts is omitted.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic side view showing a connection state of the upper portion of the lower door 17 with respect to the lower portion of the upper door 16.
- the solid line shows the relationship of the state in which the back door 15 is disposed in the fully closed position
- the two-dot chain line shows the back door 15
- positioned in a half-open position is shown.
- the lower part of the upper door 16 and the upper part of the lower door 17 are over the upper part where the lower part of the upper door 16 is arranged outside the upper part of the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is arranged in the fully closed position. Wrapped.
- the first support piece 146 a of the hinge 146 as a connecting portion is located on the portion located above the lower door 17 in the fully closed position, and the portion that supports the support shaft 147 extends downward. It is fixed by 148a.
- the inner panel 149a of the lower door 17 is provided with a second support piece 146b of the hinge 146 at a portion located below the upper door 16 in the fully closed position, and a bolt 48b with a portion supported by the support shaft 147 extending upward. It is fixed.
- the outer panel 149b of the lower door 17 that overlaps in the fully closed position has a restriction that restricts the connecting portion of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 from folding toward the inside of the vehicle body when the back door 15 is closed from the fully open state.
- a stopper 150 as a member is provided so as to be positioned obliquely rearward and lower than the support shaft 147 of the hinge 146.
- the stopper 150 is provided on the left and right of the lower door 17.
- the surface of the upper door 16 facing the stopper 150 of the inner panel 45 is formed so as to extend rearward and obliquely downward, and the stopper 150 is formed in a shape in surface contact with the inner panel 45.
- the back door 15 of this embodiment is opened and closed in the same manner as the back door 15 of the fifth embodiment.
- the back door 15 may be closed from the half-open state or may be closed from the full-open state.
- the back door 15 is closed via the half-open state or closed without going through the half-open state.
- the telescopic rod 119 moves to the fully closed position without being locked in the contracted state.
- the center of rotation of the hinge 18 exists at an intermediate position in the thickness direction of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17, so that when the back door 15 is fully closed, the door is reversed.
- breakage and there is a possibility that the door lock does not mesh when the door is fully closed.
- the lower end of the upper door 16 is formed in a shape that overlaps with the upper end of the lower door 17.
- the stopper 150 is provided in the outer side panel 149b of the lower door 17 corresponding to the part used as the said overlap lap location.
- the sixth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the same effects as those of the fifth embodiment.
- the lower door 17 is provided with a stopper 150 that restricts the connecting portion of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 from being folded in the reverse direction toward the inner side of the vehicle body when the back door 15 is closed from the fully opened state. Therefore, even if the back door 15 is closed without going through the half-open state from the fully open state, the back door 15 can be prevented from being reversely folded due to the presence of the stopper 150, and the back door 15 when the back door 15 is closed. Since the posture or angle of the camera is maintained, the feeling of rattling is reduced. As a result, when the back door 15 is fully closed, it is possible to prevent the door lock from engaging and preventing the door lock from being engaged.
- the lower portion of the upper door 16 and the upper portion of the lower door 17 are overlapped so that the lower portion of the upper door 16 is disposed outside the upper portion of the lower door 17 in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at the fully closed position.
- the stopper 150 is provided so as to be in surface contact with the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed. Therefore, it is difficult to apply an excessive force to the upper door 16 as compared with the configuration in which the stopper 150 contacts the upper door 16 by line contact or point contact.
- a stopper is provided at a portion of the vehicle body that comes into contact with the rotary arm 22, and when the back door shifts to the fully open state, The rotating arm may be pressed against the stopper.
- the biasing member may be changed.
- a torsion spring may be used as the biasing member instead of the gas spring.
- an attachment portion 80 is provided at the rear portion of the side frame 12, and the first end portion 81a of the torsion spring 81 is attached to the rotary arm 22 and the second end portion 81b is attached to the attachment portion 80. Attach to.
- the rotary arm 22 abuts against the rotary arm 22 to restrict the rotation of the rotary arm 22.
- a stopper member (not shown) is provided.
- a biasing force in a direction to be pressed against the stopper member 27 from the torsion spring 81 is applied to the rotating arm 22 so that the rotating arm 22 rotates. Be regulated.
- the rotary arm 22 rotates against the urging force of the torsion spring 81 and the torsion spring 81 is attached. It rotates around the part 80.
- the torsion spring 81 When the first end portion 81 a of the torsion spring 81 passes through the imaginary line Q â b> 2 connecting the attachment portion 80 and the first hinge 21, the torsion spring 81 turns over, that is, the urging force of the torsion spring 81 against the rotating arm 22. The direction is switched. Then, the rotating arm 22 is biased in a direction away from the stopper member 27. The torsion spring 81 urges the lower door 17 to the fully open state via the rotating arm 22 and the rod member 23 in a state where the torsion spring 81 has moved to the position indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG.
- the urging member is always urged in the direction in which the rotating arm rotates, that is, the rear of the vehicle body. Also good.
- the base end portion 83a of the gas spring 83 is attached to the rear portion of the side frame 12 via the fourth hinge member 87 so as to be rotatable around the fourth hinge member 87.
- the tip 84a of the rod 84 of the gas spring 83 is attached to the rotary arm 82 so that the gas spring 83 always urges the rotary arm 22 toward the rear of the vehicle body 11.
- a protrusion-like locked portion 85 is provided on the rotary arm 82, and a bifurcated lock member 86 is provided so as to be positioned inside the rotary arm 82.
- the lock member 86 is configured to be rotated by driving an electric actuator (not shown) as the handle is operated, so that the lock on the locked portion 85 is released.
- the handle and the electric actuator constitute an operation mechanism for releasing the lock member 86.
- the back mechanism 15 will be in a fully open state because the rod mechanism which consists of the rod member 23 and the rotation arm 82 will be in a 2nd state.
- the back door 15 that has shifted to the fully open state is shifted to the half open state, if the lower door 17 is pulled down, the locked portion 85 enters the bifurcated portion of the lock member 86 and is automatically locked.
- the back door 15 is in a half-open state. According to this configuration, the rod mechanism including the rod member 23 and the rotating arm 82 does not shift to the second state unless an operation for releasing the locking of the lock member 86 with respect to the locked portion 85 is performed.
- the rod mechanism can be reliably held in the first state, so that the rear end of the vehicle when the back door 15 transitions from the fully closed state to the half open state. It is possible to reliably reduce the amount of protrusion from.
- the rotary arm including the locked portion and the lock member that restricts the rotation of the rotary arm may be provided in the lower door. In this case, if the gas spring is attached to the lower door via the hinge member and the rotating arm and the vehicle body are connected by the rod member, the rod is used unless an operation of releasing the lock member 86 from the locked portion 85 is performed. The rod mechanism including the member and the rotating arm does not shift to the second state.
- the rotary arm 22 may be provided on the lower door 17.
- the rotary arm 22 is provided on the lower door 17, and a stopper that restricts the rotation of the rotary arm 22 is provided behind the rotary arm 22.
- a gas spring is provided on the lower door, and the tip of the rod of the gas spring is connected to the rotating arm.
- the first end portion 32a of the gas spring 32 is attached to the side portion 17b of the lower door 17, and the second end portion 32b is attached to the rear portion of the vehicle body 11 via a lock mechanism. Good. Even in this case, if the hook and the locked protrusion are unlocked only when the back door 15 reaches the half-open state, the back door 15 is mistakenly returned when the space behind the vehicle is small. It is possible to avoid shifting the door 15 to the fully open state.
- a member other than the garnish 79 may be used as a member for preventing rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is in a half-open state.
- the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 prevents rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is half open.
- You may comprise as follows. In this case, if the connection-side end portion 16c of the upper door 16 is extended to the same position as the end portion 79a of the garnish 79 of the fourth embodiment, rainwater can enter the back door 15 in the half-open state of the back door 15. Can be prevented.
- the shape of the seal member T may be changed.
- the side surface of the seal member that faces upward when the back door 15 is in the half-open state is formed as an inclined surface that inclines downward toward the rear of the vehicle, so that rainwater that has fallen on the seal member is placed outside the vehicle. You may comprise so that it may discharge
- a dedicated member may be provided separately from the seal member.
- the predetermined angle by which the rotating member 130 constituting the switching unit 128 is rotated in a fixed direction by the rotating unit 131 is not limited to 60 degrees.
- the predetermined angle is such that one engaging convex portion 143 of the plurality of engaging convex portions 143 included in the reset member 137 is engaged with the reset means 129 in a state where the reset member 137 is in the unlock position.
- the shape is not limited as long as it is rotated from the unlocked position to the locked position, and the other engaging convex portion 143 does not interfere with other members such as the reset means 129 or the support base 125.
- the number of the engaging protrusions 143 is an odd number, and the value obtained by dividing 360 degrees by the odd number should be an even number.
- five engaging protrusions 143 are provided,
- the interval 143 may be 72 degrees, and the interval between the locking projections 139, that is, the predetermined angle may be 36 degrees.
- the rod is configured only with the piston rod of the dedicated air damper. May be.
- using a commercially available air damper 124 and configuring the portion that supports the rotating member 130 as a separate member facilitates processing and reduces manufacturing costs.
- a coil spring may be used in place of the air damper 124 as an urging means for urging the movable side member 122 constituting the telescopic rod main body 120 to extend.
- the number of stoppers 150 is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
- the stopper 150 may be provided on the upper door 16 without being provided on the lower door 17. Further, when there are a plurality of stoppers 150, they may be provided on both the upper door 16 and the lower door 17. In these cases, the same effect as in the sixth embodiment can be obtained.
- the stopper 150 is not limited to the surface contact with the upper door 16 or the lower door 17, and may be configured to be in line contact or point contact.
- the back door 15 is not limited to the configuration in which the length of the upper door 16 in the vertical direction is longer than the length of the lower door 17 in the vertical direction.
- the lower door 17 may be formed longer than the upper door 16.
- the door supported by the support device of the present invention is not limited to a back door.
- the side door may be a folded side door that is folded and opened so that the connecting portion CN between the upper door and the lower door protrudes outward from the vehicle body, and the door may be supported by the support device of the present invention.
Abstract
A support device for a vehicle door, in which a connection section between an upper door and a lower door moves so as to project outward from a vehicle body to set an opening in the vehicle body to a totally closed state in which the opening is totally closed and a halfway opened state and a totally opened state in which the opening is open. The support device has a rod mechanism and a lock device. The rod mechanism has one end adapted to be rotatably mounted to the vehicle body, has a second end adapted to be connected to the lower door (17) and interconnecting the vehicle body and the lower door, and is movable between a first state and a second state, the first state being a state in which the rod mechanism supports the lower door in the totally closed state and the halfway closed state of the vehicle door, the second state being a state in which, in the totally opened state of the vehicle door, the rod mechanism supports the lower door such that the distance between a support point on the vehicle body and a support point on the lower door is greater than that in the halfway closed state. The lock device is mounted between the vehicle body and the rod mechanism or between the lower door and the rod mechanism and can hold the rod mechanism at the first state.
Description
ăćŹçşćăŻăčťä¸Ąç¨ăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ĺăłčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ
罎ăŤäżăă芳細ăŤăŻăä¸çŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăŤéŠĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ăĺăłăä¸çŤŻé¨ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăă˘ăă˘ăćăă芲ăă˘ăă˘ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăă¤ă¤ĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăăŚăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ăĺč¨čťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤĺăăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺč¨éĺŁé¨ăéćžăăĺéçść
ĺăłĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ĺăłčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ
罎ăŤé˘ăăă
The present invention relates to a vehicle door support device and a vehicle door device, and more particularly, an upper door adapted to be pivotally connected to a vehicle body at an upper end portion, and a lower end portion of the upper door. A lower door that is pivotably connected to the upper door, the upper door being rotated with respect to the vehicle body while the lower door is being rotated with respect to the upper door, and a connection portion between the upper door and the lower door being the vehicle body The present invention relates to a vehicle door support device and a vehicle door device which move so as to protrude outward, and are in a fully closed state in which an opening formed in the vehicle body is closed, in a half-open state in which the opening is opened, and in a fully open state.
ăäšç¨čťă¨ăăŚăčťä¸Ąĺžé˘é¨ăŤč¨ăăéĺŁé¨ăŤăčˇĺ°é¨ĺăŽééăă˘ďźäťĽä¸ăăăăŻăă˘ăă¨ăăďźăĺăăŚăăăżă¤ăăŽčťä¸Ąăäžăă°ăăŻă´ăłăżă¤ăăăăłăżă¤ăĺăłăăăăăăŻăżă¤ăăŽčťä¸Ąăăăăä¸čŹçăŞăăăŻăă˘ăŻăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻä¸Ąĺ´é¨ăăŤăźăăŽĺžçŤŻé¨ăŤä¸ä¸ćšĺăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăăăăŻăă˘ăŤč¨ăăăăăăłăăŤăäşşăćăŁăŚăăăŻăă˘čŞä˝ăĺžä¸ćšă¸čˇłăä¸ăăăă¨ăŤăăăéćžăăăăăăăăăăŽăăăŞć§ćă§ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ăĺŽĺ
¨ăŤéăăĺ ´ĺăčťä˝ăŽĺžćšăŤăć°´ĺšłćšĺăŤăăăŻăă˘ăŽéŤăďźĺ蝢ĺĺžďźĺăŽăšăăźăšăćä˝éĺż
čŚă¨ăŞăăăăă§ăçšč¨ąćçŽďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ăă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŤĺĺ˛ăăăăăăăăăłă¸ăäťăăŚéŁçľăăăďźă¤ăŽăă˘ăćăăŚăăćăŤăŻăă˘ăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺžćšă¸ĺźľăĺşăăăăŤć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘éćžćăŤčťä¸ĄĺžćšăŤăšăăźăšăăăťăŠĺż
čŚă¨ăăŞăä¸ćăĺźăă˘ăé示ăăŚăăă
As a passenger car, there are vehicles of a type provided with an opening / closing door (hereinafter referred to as a âback doorâ) in an opening provided on the rear surface of the vehicle, for example, a wagon type, a van type, and a hatchback type vehicle. A typical back door is supported by the rear end of the roof so that it can be pivoted in the vertical direction at the upper end of the door, and a person holds the handle provided on the back door and flips the back door up rearward and upward. Is released. However, in such a configuration, when the back door is completely opened, a space corresponding to the height (rotation radius) of the back door in the horizontal direction is required at the rear of the vehicle body. Therefore, Patent Document 1 is configured such that the back door is divided into an upper door and a lower door, these are connected via a hinge, and when the two doors are folded, the connecting portion of the door projects to the rear of the vehicle body, A folding door that does not require much space behind the vehicle when the back door is opened is disclosed.
ăĺłďźăŤç¤şăăăăŤăçšč¨ąćçŽďźăŤč¨čźăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźď˝ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăä¸ĺ¤Žăăłă¸ďźďźă§éŁçľăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźď˝ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăă塌ĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚčŞĺčťăŽăŤăźăďźďźăŽĺžçŤŻăŤééčŞĺ¨ăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăŤăŻĺăŁćďźďźăĺăäťăăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŽä¸Ąĺ´ăŤăŻčť˘ĺ蟪ďźďźăĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăăčťä˝ĺžé¨é˘ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăŽä¸Ąĺ
ĺ´é˘ăŤăŻă蝢ĺ蟪ďźďźăćĄĺ
ăăăŹăźăŤďźďźăéĺŁé¨ăŽä¸çŤŻăăä¸çŤŻăžă§ĺťśăłăăăăŤč¨ăăăăăŹăźăŤďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤăŻčť˘ĺ蟪ďźďźăŽčŞçśč˝ä¸ăé˛ć˘ăăč˝ä¸é˛ć˘é¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăéĺŁé¨ăéăéăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăŽä¸çŤŻăăŹăźăŤďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚä¸ćăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăčťä¸ĄĺžćšăŤĺźľăĺşăăŞăăăăŤăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻä¸ćăăăă
As shown in FIG. 1, in the back door 81 described in Patent Document 1, an upper door 81a and a lower door 81b are connected by a central hinge 82, and an upper end portion of the upper door 81a is connected to a roof 84 of an automobile via a pair of left and right hinges 83. It is connected to the rear end so that it can be opened and closed. A handle 85 is attached to the lower door 81b, and rolling wheels 86 are rotatably attached to both sides of the lower end portion of the lower door 81b. Rails 87 for guiding the rolling wheels 86 are provided on both inner side surfaces of the opening formed on the rear surface of the vehicle body so as to extend from the upper end to the lower end of the opening. A fall prevention unit 88 for preventing the fall is provided. When opening the opening, the lower end of the lower door 81b rises along the rail 87, and the back door 81 is bent so that the lower door 81b does not protrude rearward of the vehicle.
ăă¨ăăăă蝢ĺ蟪ďźďźă¨éĺŁé¨ăŽä¸Ąĺ
ĺ´é˘ăŤč¨ăăăă蝢ĺ蟪ďźďźăŽćĄĺ
ç¨ăŽăŹăźăŤďźďźăŽä˝żç¨ăŻăčťä˝ĺ´ăŽĺ¤ć´çšăĺ¤ăăăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăćŞăăăăăžăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăçłăă§ć大ăŤéćžăăçść
ă§ăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźď˝ăŽä¸çŤŻăăŹăźăŤďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăĺĺä¸ĺżă¨ăăŚçĽĺžćšć°´ĺšłăŤĺťśăłăăăăăă˘ăé ä¸ăšăăźăšăĺ§čżŤăăăăăŽăăăä¸ćăă˘ă¨ćŻăšăŚéĺŁé˘çŠăĺ°ăŞăăčˇçŠăŽçŠăżéăăć§ăćŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăłăłăăŻăăŤçłăăă¨ăăă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ćĺ ăĺšłé˘ăŤčżăĽăăĺż
čŚăăăăăă¤ăă˘ăčăăăĺż
čŚăăăăŞăŠĺ
čŁ
ăĺ¤čŁ
严é˘ăŤăăăŚĺ¤§ăăŞćĺ ä¸ăŽĺśç´ăĺăăă
However, the use of the rails 87 for guiding the rolling wheels 86 provided on both the inner surfaces of the rolling wheels 86 and the openings increases the number of changes on the vehicle body side and makes the vehicle mountability worse. Even when the back door 81 is folded and opened to the maximum, the lower end of the lower door 81b extends substantially rearwardly with the upper end of the rail 87 as the center of rotation, so the door presses overhead space. For this reason, an opening area is small compared with a single door, and the loading / unloading property of a load is poor. In order to fold the back door 81 compactly, it is necessary to bring the back door design close to a flat surface, and it is necessary to make the door thin.
ăăăăŤă蝢ĺ蟪ďźďźă¨ăŹăźăŤďźďźăŽä˝żç¨ăŻăăăăé
罎ăăăăăŽăšăăźăšăĺż
čŚăŤăŞăăăăŽçľćăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăćŞăăŞăăăłăšăăăăłééăĺ˘ĺ¤§ăĺžăă
çšéďźďźďźďźďźďźďźďźďźďźĺˇĺ
Źĺ ą
Furthermore, the use of the rolling wheels 86 and the rails 87 requires a space for arranging them. As a result, vehicle mountability is deteriorated, and cost and weight can be increased.
JP 2006-56433 A
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŽçăŻăčťä¸ĄăŤćčźăćăăăŞăăă¤ăčˇçŠăŽçŠăżéăăć§ăĺä¸ăăăăă¨ăă§ăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăćäžăăăă¨ăŤăăă
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŽçăŻăăă˘ăŽćăćšĺăćĺ ăŽĺśç´ăĺ°ăŞăăăăă¨ăă§ăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽăăăć§é ăăăłčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žăćäžăăăă¨ăŤăăă A first object of the present invention is to provide a support device for a vehicle door that can be easily mounted on a vehicle and can improve the loading / unloading property of a load.
The second object of the present invention is to provide a vehicle door rod structure and a vehicle door support device that can reduce the folding direction and design restrictions of the door.
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŽçăŻăăă˘ăŽćăćšĺăćĺ ăŽĺśç´ăĺ°ăŞăăăăă¨ăă§ăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽăăăć§é ăăăłčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žăćäžăăăă¨ăŤăăă A first object of the present invention is to provide a support device for a vehicle door that can be easily mounted on a vehicle and can improve the loading / unloading property of a load.
The second object of the present invention is to provide a vehicle door rod structure and a vehicle door support device that can reduce the folding direction and design restrictions of the door.
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŽçăŻăĺč¨ăăăć§é ăĺăăä¸ćăĺźăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăŚăăä¸ćăĺźăă˘ăŽéćăăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăăăłčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ
罎ăćäžăăăă¨ăŤăăă
A third object of the present invention is to provide a vehicle door that can prevent reverse folding of the middle folding door even if the middle folding door provided with the rod structure is closed from a fully opened state without passing through a half opened state. A support device and a vehicle door device are provided.
ăćŹçşćăŽä¸ć
ć§ăŤăăă°ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăćäžăăăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŻăä¸çŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăŤéŠĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ăĺăłăä¸çŤŻé¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăă˘ăă˘ăćăă芲ăă˘ăă˘ăă˘ăăăă˘ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăă¤ă¤ă˘ăăăă˘ăčťä˝ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤĺăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŻăčťä˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłéĺŁé¨ăéćžăăĺéçść
ĺăłĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŻă珏ďźçŤŻăčťä˝ăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăăăéŠĺăăă珏ďźçŤŻăăă˘ăă˘ăŤćĽçśăăăăăéŠĺăăčťä˝ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăéŁçľăăă¨ĺ
ąăŤăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăă珏ďźçść
ă¨ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăčťä˝ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăă˘ăă˘ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăăăéˇăăŞă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŤç§ťčĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăćŠć§ă¨ăčťä˝ă¨ăăăćŠć§ă¨ăŽéĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăăăćŠć§ă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ă§äżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻčŁ
罎ă¨ăăćăăă
According to an aspect of the present invention, a vehicle door support device is provided. A support device for a vehicle door includes an upper door adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body at an upper end, and a lower door pivotally connected to a lower end of the upper door, the lower door The upper door rotates relative to the vehicle body while rotating with respect to the upper door, and the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body. The vehicle door support device is in a fully closed state in which an opening formed in the vehicle body is closed, a half-open state in which the opening is opened, and a fully-open state. The support device for the vehicle door is adapted so that the first end is rotatably attached to the vehicle body, the second end is adapted to be connected to the lower door, and connects the vehicle body and the lower door. A first state in which the lower door is supported in the half-open state, and a second state in which the distance between the fulcrum on the vehicle body and the fulcrum on the lower door is longer than that in the half-open state. And a lock device provided between the vehicle body and the rod mechanism or between the lower door and the rod mechanism and capable of holding the rod mechanism in the first state.
ăăăĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăčťä˝ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăä¸ćšăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨čťä˝ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăäťćšă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćă¨ăĺăăăćŻćčŁ
罎ăŻăăăŤăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăăŚăăăćŠć§ăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść
ăă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăäťĺ˘é¨ćăćăăă
In one embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a rotary arm that is rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door, and a rod member that connects the rotary arm to either the vehicle body or the lower door. The support device further includes a biasing member that rotates the rotating arm by a biasing force and shifts the rod mechanism from the first state to the second state when the vehicle door shifts from the half-open state to the full-open state.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ĺ˝ćĽĺŻč˝ăŞä˝ç˝ŽăŤč¨ăăăăăšăăăé¨ćăĺăăäťĺ˘é¨ćăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăăšăăăé¨ćăŤĺŻžăăŚćźăäťăăćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăŚăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤäżćăăă
In another embodiment, the locking device includes a stopper member provided at a position capable of contacting the rotating arm, and the biasing member biases the rotating arm in a direction in which the rotating arm is pressed against the stopper member, thereby causing the rod mechanism to operate first. 1 state is maintained.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŤč¨ăăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăĺăăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăčťä˝ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăĺč¨ăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăăă
In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided on the rotating arm, and the locking device is provided movably on the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to lock the rotating arm. A lock member that restricts rotation; and an operation mechanism that moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked with the locked portion.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăčťä˝ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăççśăŽăăŚă¸ăłă°ă¨ăăăŚă¸ăłă°ĺ
ăŤä¸é¨ĺăćżĺ
ĽăăăăŚă¸ăłă°ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺşć˛ĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăă¨ăĺăăŚäź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăăăăćŠć§ăĺ縎ăăçść
ă§ăăăăŽĺşć˛ĄăčŚĺśăăŚăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤäżćăăă
In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a cylindrical housing that is rotatably attached to the vehicle body or the lower door, and a rod that is partially inserted into the housing and can be retracted and retracted from the housing. Is done. The lock device restricts the rod from appearing and protruding while the rod mechanism is contracted to hold the rod mechanism in the first state.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăăăŚă¸ăłă°ăŤč¨ăăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăĺăăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăčťä˝ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăă袍äżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤäżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăăă
In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided in the housing, and the lock device is movably supported by the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to make the rod mechanism the first mechanism. A lock member that can be held in a state, and an operation mechanism that moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked with the locked portion.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăăăăă沥ĺ
Ľăăăăăăă¨ăŤăăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ă§äżćăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăă¨ă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤĺăćăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăă
In another embodiment, the locking device is in a locked state in which the rod mechanism is held in the first state when the rod is immersed, and an unlocked state in which the rod mechanism is allowed to shift to the second state. It is configured to switch alternately.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăčťä˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăćŻćăăźăšă¨ăćŻćăăźăšăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăĺăłăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺ蝸ä¸ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŞĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ă§ćŻćăăĺ縎çść
ă¨ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ăă䟸éˇçść
ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăŁăŚăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ă¨ăăĺăăăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇçść
ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ăĺăăăćŻćčŁ
罎ăŻăăăŤăćŻćăăźăšăŤč¨ăăăăĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤç§ťĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ăćăăă
In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a support base attached to the vehicle body, a fixed side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable side member coaxially movable with the fixed side member in the axial direction. And is extendable between a contracted state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully closed state and a half open state and an extended state in which the vehicle door is fully opened, and is provided between the fixed side member and the movable side member. And a telescopic rod body provided with biasing means for biasing the movable side member toward the extension side. The locking device includes switching means that is provided on the fixed side member and switches between a locked state in which the movable side member is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable side member is allowed to be extended. The support device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the support device is engaged with the switching means in the middle of movement to reset the switching means to the locked state. Have.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺăćăć掾ăŻăççśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŽĺşçŤŻĺ´ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăă¤čť¸ćšĺăŤćĺŽçŻĺ˛ă§ç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎ĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăéăŤĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺĺé¨ă¨äżĺăăŚćĺŽč§ĺşŚăă¤ä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤĺĺăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăăă¨ăŤăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ä¸č˝ăŞă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤé
罎ăăăĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ăĺ蝢é¨ćă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ăŽäź¸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăă°ăă¨ăĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ä¸ä˝ĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăćĺŽč§ĺşŚăŽďźĺăŽăăăă§äżĺĺ¸é¨ăçŞč¨ăăăăŞăťăăć掾ă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞăŞăťăăé¨ćă¨ăĺăăŚăăă
In another embodiment, the switching means is formed in a cylindrical shape and is provided so as to be rotatable on the proximal end side of the fixed side member and movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction, and the movable side member moves to the contraction side. At this time, it engages with a rotating part provided on the movable side member and is rotated by a predetermined angle in a certain direction, and the movement of the movable side member is restricted by engaging with the engaging part provided on the movable side member. Rotating members that are alternately arranged at the locking position to be engaged and the unlocking position that cannot be locked, the spring that biases the rotating member toward the extension side of the telescopic rod body, and the rotating member can be rotated together. The engaging projections are provided at a pitch twice as large as a predetermined angle, and are provided with a reset member that can engage with the reset means.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺĺé¨ăŻĺąąé¨ăćĺŽč§ĺşŚééă§ĺ˝˘ćăăăăŤă é¨ăćăăĺ蝢é¨ćăŻăŞăťăăé¨ćă貍éăăĺ蝢é¨ćăŽăŞăťăăé¨ćăŤĺŻžăăŚĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤčżă獯é¨ăŤăŻăăŤă é¨ă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞé¸ćŻçśăŽăŤă ăč¨ăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćăćăă§ăŤă é¨ă¨ĺ寞ĺ´ăŽçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻăćĺŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ă¨ĺăżĺăŁăŚĺ蝢é¨ćăŽĺ蝢ćšĺă¨éćšĺă¸ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăŽă¤é¨ăč¨ăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ăăăă°ăăäťăăŚĺ蝢ĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăă°ăăŽĺĺăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćă犺蝢ăăăăă¨ăĺŻč˝ăŞĺĺ䝼ä¸ăŽĺ¤§ăăăŤč¨ĺŽăăăŚăăă
In another embodiment, the rotating part has a cam part in which crests are formed at predetermined angular intervals, the rotating member penetrates the reset member, and the end of the rotating member that is closer to the movable side member Is provided with a serrated cam that can be engaged with the cam portion, and at the end opposite to the cam portion across the reset member is engaged with a fixed gear arranged at a predetermined position to rotate the rotating member. The reset member is rotatably connected to the rotating member via a torsion spring, and the reaction force of the torsion spring is a reaction that can cause the rotating member to idle. It is set larger than force.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ăŻăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŽä˝ç˝Žăžă§éćžăăăéăŻĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść
ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăăă¨ăŤăăă䟸éˇçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăŚčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăă
ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ăéŁçľé¨ăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăŚčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺéçść ăŤăăă¨ă䟸éˇçść ăăĺ縎çść ăŤĺ¤ĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăăă In another embodiment, the telescopic rod body is held in the contracted state while the vehicle door is opened from the fully closed state to the half open state, and the switching means is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state in the half open state. , Transition to the extended state, the vehicle door is fully open,
When the vehicle door is fully opened and the lower door is rotated about the connecting portion to make the vehicle door half open, the switching means is changed from the extended state to the contracted state, and the switching means is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state.
ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ăéŁçľé¨ăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăŚčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺéçść ăŤăăă¨ă䟸éˇçść ăăĺ縎çść ăŤĺ¤ĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăăă In another embodiment, the telescopic rod body is held in the contracted state while the vehicle door is opened from the fully closed state to the half open state, and the switching means is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state in the half open state. , Transition to the extended state, the vehicle door is fully open,
When the vehicle door is fully opened and the lower door is rotated about the connecting portion to make the vehicle door half open, the switching means is changed from the extended state to the contracted state, and the switching means is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăä¸çŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăŤéŠĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ăĺăłăä¸çŤŻé¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăă˘ăă˘ăćăă芲ăă˘ăă˘ăă˘ăăăă˘ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăă¤ă¤ă˘ăăăă˘ăčťä˝ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤĺăăčťä˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłéĺŁé¨ăéćžăăĺéçść
ĺăłĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăčťä¸Ąăă˘ă¨ăčťä˝ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăéŁçľăăă¨ĺ
ąăŤăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăă珏ďźçść
ă¨ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăčťä˝ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăă˘ăă˘ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăăăéˇăăŞă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŤç§ťčĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăćŠć§ă¨ăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ă§äżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻčŁ
罎ă¨ăăćăăă
In another embodiment, an upper door having an upper end adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body, and a lower door having an upper end pivotally connected to a lower end of the upper door, the lower door being A fully closed state in which the upper door rotates with respect to the vehicle body while rotating with respect to the upper door, the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body, and the opening formed in the vehicle body is closed. And a vehicle door that is in a half-open state and a full-open state that opens the opening, a vehicle body and the lower door, and a first state that supports the lower door in the fully-closed state and the half-open state of the vehicle door; The rod mechanism that supports the lower door and can shift to the second state in which the distance between the fulcrum on the vehicle body and the fulcrum on the lower door is longer than that in the half-open state, and the rod mechanism in the first state It has a locking device capable of holding, the.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤč¨ăăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăéăăăăéăŤĺćéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ
ĺ´ăŤĺăăŁăŚćăăăŽăčŚĺśăăčŚĺśé¨ćăăăăŤćăăă
In another embodiment, there is further provided a restricting member that is provided on the upper door or the lower door and restricts the first connecting portion from being bent toward the inside of the vehicle body when the vehicle door is closed from the fully opened state.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăčťä˝ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăä¸ćšăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨čťä˝ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăäťćšă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćă¨ăĺăăăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŻăčťä˝ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăăăčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ
罎ăŻăăăŤăä¸ćăĺźăă˘ăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăăŚăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăäťĺ˘é¨ćăćăăă
In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a rotating arm that is rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door, and a rod member that connects the rotating arm and the other of the vehicle body and the lower door. The lock device is movably provided on the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to restrict the rotation of the rotary arm, and moves the lock member to a position where the lock member is not locked. And an operating mechanism for movement. The vehicle door device further includes a biasing member that rotates the rotating arm by a biasing force to shift the rod mechanism from the first state to the second state when the folding door is shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state. Have.
ăĺĽăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăćŠć§ăŻăčťä˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăćŻćăăźăšă¨ăćŻćăăźăšăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăĺăłăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺ蝸ä¸ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŞĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ă§ćŻćăăĺ縎çść
ă¨ăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ă§ćŻćăă䟸éˇçść
ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăŁăŚăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ă¨ă
ăĺăăăăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇçść ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ăĺăăăčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ăŻăăăŤăćŻćăăźăšăŤč¨ăăăăĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă§čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤç§ťĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ăćăăă In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a support base attached to the vehicle body, a fixed side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable side member coaxially movable with the fixed side member in the axial direction. Between the fixed side member and the movable side member, and can be extended and contracted between a contracted state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully closed state and a half open state and an extended state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully open state. A telescopic rod body provided with an urging means for urging the movable side member toward the extension side,
Is provided. The locking device includes switching means that is provided on the fixed side member and switches between a locked state in which the movable side member is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable side member is allowed to enter an extended state. The vehicle door device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the vehicle door device is engaged with the switching means during the movement to reset the switching means to the locked state. Have
ăĺăăăăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇçść ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ăĺăăăčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ăŻăăăŤăćŻćăăźăšăŤč¨ăăăăĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă§čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤç§ťĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ăćăăă In another embodiment, the rod mechanism includes a support base attached to the vehicle body, a fixed side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable side member coaxially movable with the fixed side member in the axial direction. Between the fixed side member and the movable side member, and can be extended and contracted between a contracted state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully closed state and a half open state and an extended state in which the vehicle door is supported in a fully open state. A telescopic rod body provided with an urging means for urging the movable side member toward the extension side,
Is provided. The locking device includes switching means that is provided on the fixed side member and switches between a locked state in which the movable side member is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable side member is allowed to enter an extended state. The vehicle door device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the vehicle door device is engaged with the switching means during the movement to reset the switching means to the locked state. Have
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ă䝼ä¸ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žăĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăčťä¸Ąă¨ăăŚăŽčŞĺčťăŽčťä˝ďźďźăŤăŻăä¸ćăĺźăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăčťä˝ďźďźăŽăŤăźăďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺˇŚĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŤďźĺĺ˛ăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ă塌ĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă§ăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăăéˇăăăăă§ăăăă˘ăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăă¨ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăćĺłăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻă¨čťä˝ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻĺłç¤şăăŞăĺ ŹçĽăŽăăăŻčŁ 罎ăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤é˘ăŤăŻĺ ŹçĽăŽăăăŻčŁ 罎ăăăăŻďźă˘ăłăăăŻăŤĺăćăćä˝ăĺŻč˝ăŞăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăč¨ăăăăŚăăă (First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a back door support device according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
As shown in FIG. 2A, a foldingback door 15 is supported on a rear body 13 of a vehicle body 11 via a pair of left and right upper hinges 14 in a vehicle body 11 of a vehicle as a vehicle. The back door 15 opens and closes an opening formed in the rear portion of the vehicle body 11. The back door 15 is divided into an upper door 16 and a lower door 17, and a lower portion of the upper door 16 and an upper portion of the lower door 17 are connected to each other via a pair of left and right center hinges 18. In this embodiment, the vertical length of the upper door 16 is longer than the vertical length of the lower door 17. Here, the âlength in the vertical direction of the doorâ means the length in the vertical direction in the fully closed state of the back door 15. A known locking device (not shown) is provided between the lower end of the lower door 17 and the vehicle body 11. On the outer surface of the lower door 17, there is provided a handle 17a capable of switching a known locking device to lock / unlock.
ă䝼ä¸ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žăĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăčťä¸Ąă¨ăăŚăŽčŞĺčťăŽčťä˝ďźďźăŤăŻăä¸ćăĺźăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăčťä˝ďźďźăŽăŤăźăďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺˇŚĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŤďźĺĺ˛ăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ă塌ĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă§ăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăăéˇăăăăă§ăăăă˘ăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăă¨ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăćĺłăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻă¨čťä˝ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻĺłç¤şăăŞăĺ ŹçĽăŽăăăŻčŁ 罎ăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤é˘ăŤăŻĺ ŹçĽăŽăăăŻčŁ 罎ăăăăŻďźă˘ăłăăăŻăŤĺăćăćä˝ăĺŻč˝ăŞăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăč¨ăăăăŚăăă (First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a back door support device according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
As shown in FIG. 2A, a folding
ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ă¨čťä˝ďźďźăŽéĺŁé¨ăŽĺ
ĺ´ă¨ăŻăăłăăšăăźďźďźăäťăăŚéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăłăăšăăźďźďźăŻăĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăĺ°ĺ
ĽăăăŹăšăăšăăłăăć§ćăăăŚăăăăŞăăăăłăăšăăźďźďźăŻĺłďźďźĄă§ăŽăżĺłç¤şăăăăŽäťăŽĺłé˘ă§ăŻĺłç¤şăççĽăăă
The upper end of the upper door 16 and the inside of the opening of the vehicle body 11 are connected via a damper stay 19. The damper stay 19 is composed of a gas piston filled with compressed gas. The damper stay 19 is shown only in FIG. 2A, and is not shown in other drawings.
ăä¸ćšăčťä˝ďźďźăŽăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤăăăä¸é¨ă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻăăăăćŠć§ďźďźă塌ĺłä¸ĺŻžč¨ăăăăŚăăăĺăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻăăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤăăăä¸é¨ăŤčťä˝ďźďźĺ´ăŽćŻçšă¨ăăŚăŽçŹŹďźăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćďźďźă¨ăĺăăăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤćĽçśăăă珏ďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ăŽä¸ĺ¤ŽăŤćĽçśăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźĺ´ăŽćŻçšă¨ăăŚăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăćăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăä¸ćăăăçść
ă§éćžă§ăăăăăŤé
č¨ăăăŚăăă
On the other hand, a pair of left and right rod mechanisms 20 are provided between the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 and the lower door 17. Each rod mechanism 20 connects a rotary arm 22 rotatably attached to the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 via a first hinge 21 as a fulcrum on the vehicle body 11 side, and the rotary arm 22 and the lower door 17. Rod member 23. The rod member 23 has a first end 23 a connected to the rotary arm 22 and a second end 23 b as a fulcrum on the side of the lower door 17 connected to the center of the side 17 b of the lower door 17. The rod mechanism 20 is arranged so that it can be opened with the back door 15 folded.
ăĺłďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤăŻă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźăăăä¸ćšăŽé¨ä˝ă§ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăćĽçśăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăä¸ćšăŽé¨ä˝ă§ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăćĽçśăăăŚăăă
As shown in FIG. 2B, the rotary arm 22 is connected to the first end 23 a of the rod member 23 at a position below the first hinge 21 and above the first end 23 a of the rod member 23. The tip 25a of the rod 25 of the gas spring 24 is connected at the part.
ăäťĺ˘é¨ćă¨ăăŚăŽăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăăďźďźă¨ăŻĺ寞ĺ´ăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă§ă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺĺčŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăĺ°ĺ
ĽăăăăŹăšăăšăăłăăć§ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăŽĺ
¨éˇă䟸縎ĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăŞăăĄăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŤăăăŚăŻăĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăŽĺ
é¨ăŹăšĺ§ăĺăăŚăăăďźďźă䟸éˇăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăăďźďźăăŹăšĺ§ăă大ăăĺ¤ĺăĺăăă¨ć˛Ąĺ
ĽăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ă§ăŻăăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŻă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźăŽä¸ĺżďź°ďźă¨ă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźăŽä¸ĺżďź°ďźă¨ăçľăśäťŽćłçˇďźąďźă¨äş¤ĺˇŽăăăăăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăĺłďźďź˘ăŤăăăćč¨ĺăćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăčťä˝ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăĺ˝ćĽăăăăă¨ă§ăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść
ăŤäżćăăăŚăăăăŞăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźĺăłăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŻăăăăćŠć§ďźďźă珏ďźăŽçść
ă§äżćăăăăăŻćŠć§ăć§ćăăă
The gas spring 24 as an urging member is rotatably attached to the rear portion of the side frame 12 via the second hinge 26 at the end 24 a opposite to the rod 25. The gas spring 24 is composed of a gas piston filled with compressed gas, and its full length can be expanded and contracted. That is, the gas spring 24 is configured such that the rod 25 extends upon receiving the internal gas pressure of the compressed gas, and is retracted when the rod 25 receives an external force greater than the gas pressure. When the back door 15 is fully closed, the tip 25a of the rod 25 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 are imaginary lines Q1 connecting the center P1 of the first hinge 21 and the center P2 of the second hinge 26. Located to intersect with. In the fully closed state and the half open state of the back door 15, the gas spring 24 urges the rotating arm 22 in the clockwise direction in FIG. 2B to bring the rotating arm 22 into contact with the stopper member 27 provided on the vehicle body 11. Thus, the rod mechanism 20 is held in the first state. The gas spring 24 and the stopper member 27 constitute a lock mechanism that holds the rod mechanism 20 in the first state.
ăăžăăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă¨ăŞăŁăă¨ăăŤăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ďźŁďźŽăčťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăä¸ćăçść
ă¨ăŞăăăăŽçść
ă§ăŻăăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺĺăăăă°ăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤćăăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăĺ蝢ăăăŚă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺ¤ăăăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăăŽăŤĺŻžĺżăăŚăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŞăă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăăăéˇăăŞăă
Further, as shown in FIG. 3A, when the back door 15 is in a half-open state, the back door 15 is in a bent state in which the connecting portion CN between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 projects outward from the vehicle body. In this state, if the lower door 17 is rotated about the center hinge 18, the rotating arm 22 is rotated against the biasing force of the gas spring 24, and the first hinge 21 and the second end portion of the rod member 23 are rotated. The distance to 23b can be changed. Then, in response to the back door 15 being fully opened, the rod mechanism 20 is in the second state, and the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 is half open. Also gets longer.
ă揥ăŤă䝼ä¸ăŽăăăŤć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŽä˝ç¨ăŤă¤ăăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăŤăŻăăžăăăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăćä˝ăăŚăĺłç¤şăăŞăăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽăă˘ăăăŻă解é¤ăăă揥ăŤăăŚăźăśăźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăććăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăăăăŤćä˝ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšăŤĺăăŁăŚĺĺăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŞĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăŽă¨ăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻĺ蝢ăăăă¨ăŞăä¸ĺŽăŽĺ§żĺ˘ă§äżćăăăŚăăăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść ă§ăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺ ¨éçść ăŽă¨ăăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăçĽäżćăăçść ă§ç§ťĺăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽĺĺčťčˇĄďź˛ďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽä¸çšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăŞăăčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽçŞĺşéăŻĺ°ăăăŞăăăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžé˘ďźďźď˝ăŤăťăźĺšłčĄăŞĺ§żĺ˘ă§ăăăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽéŤăä˝ç˝ŽăŻä˝ăăŞăŁăŚăăăčăŽä˝ăäşşăćăŽä¸ăăéŁăäşşďźäžăă°ăéŤé˝˘č ďźă§ăăŁăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăć´ăăă¨ăă§ăăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
In order to open theback door 15 in the fully closed state, first, the handle 17a is operated to release the door lock of the back door 15 by a lock device (not shown). Next, when the user grasps the handle 17a provided on the lower door 17 and operates to pull up the back door 15, the upper door 16 rotates upward about the upper hinge 14, and the back door 15 is moved to FIG. 2A. It shifts to a half-open state as shown by the two-dot chain line. At this time, since the rotary arm 22 is held in a fixed posture without rotating, the rod mechanism 20 is in the first state, and the lower door 17 substantially holds the posture in the fully closed state by the rod member 23. Move in state. Therefore, when the back door 15 shifts from the fully closed state to the half open state, the rotation locus R1 of the lower end of the lower door 17 becomes as shown by a one-dot chain line in FIG. Becomes smaller. In the half-open state of the back door 15, the lower door 17 is in a posture substantially parallel to the rear surface 11 a of the vehicle body 11, and therefore, the height position of the lower end of the lower door 17 is low, so Even a difficult person (for example, an elderly person) can grasp the lower door 17.
ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăŤăŻăăžăăăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăćä˝ăăŚăĺłç¤şăăŞăăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽăă˘ăăăŻă解é¤ăăă揥ăŤăăŚăźăśăźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăććăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăăăăŤćä˝ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšăŤĺăăŁăŚĺĺăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŞĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăŽă¨ăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻĺ蝢ăăăă¨ăŞăä¸ĺŽăŽĺ§żĺ˘ă§äżćăăăŚăăăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść ă§ăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺ ¨éçść ăŽă¨ăăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăçĽäżćăăçść ă§ç§ťĺăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽĺĺčťčˇĄďź˛ďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽä¸çšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăŞăăčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽçŞĺşéăŻĺ°ăăăŞăăăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžé˘ďźďźď˝ăŤăťăźĺšłčĄăŞĺ§żĺ˘ă§ăăăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽéŤăä˝ç˝ŽăŻä˝ăăŞăŁăŚăăăčăŽä˝ăäşşăćăŽä¸ăăéŁăäşşďźäžăă°ăéŤé˝˘č ďźă§ăăŁăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăć´ăăă¨ăă§ăăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
In order to open the
ăčťä˝ĺžé¨ăŽéĺŁé¨ăäťăăŚĺ¤§ăăŞčˇçŠăŽçŠăżéăăăčĄăĺ ´ĺăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă§ăăă¨ä¸ćăăăŚăăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăčˇçŠăŤĺš˛ć¸ăăčăăăăăăă§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăžăăĺłďźďźĄăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺĺ¨ăăŚăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăćźăä¸ăăăăăŤćä˝ăăă¨ăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤăăŚç§ťĺăăăăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ă䝎ćłçˇďźąďźăééăăă¨ăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăżăźăłăŞăźăăźăăăăăŞăăĄăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăäťĺ˘ćšĺăĺăćăăăăăă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤćăăŚăšăăăé¨ćďźďźă¨ăŻé˘éăăćšĺăŤĺ蝢ăăĺłďźďź˘ăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăçść
ăăĺłďźďź˘ăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăă¨ă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăéˇăăŞăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăăăăŤăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŞăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăŞăă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźĺăłăăăé¨ćďźďźăäťăăŚčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăćšĺăŤăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚäťĺ˘ăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăăăŽäťĺ˘ĺă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽčŞéă¨ăéŁăĺăä˝ç˝Žă§äżćăăăă
When loading / unloading a large load through the opening at the rear of the vehicle body, the lower door 17 may be interfered with the load because the back door 15 is folded halfway open. Therefore, the back door 15 is shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state. First, when the lower door 17 existing at the position indicated by the solid line in FIG. 3A is pushed up, the second end 23 b of the rod member 23 moves around the center hinge 18. When the tip 25a of the rod 25 passes the imaginary line Q1, the gas spring 24 turns over, that is, the urging direction of the gas spring 24 with respect to the rotating arm 22 is switched. Then, the rotating arm 22 rotates in a direction away from the stopper member 27 against the urging force of the gas spring 24, and shifts from the state indicated by the solid line in FIG. 3B to the state indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 3B. As a result, the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23 b of the rod member 23 increases, and the lower door 17 rotates upward about the center hinge 18 so as to be separated from the vehicle body 11. When the rod mechanism 20 is in the second state and the back door 15 is fully opened, the lower door 17 is urged by the gas spring 24 in a direction away from the vehicle body 11 via the rotating arm 22 and the rod member 23, The urging force from the spring 24 is held at a position where the weight of the lower door 17 is balanced.
ă揥ăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăŤăŻăăžăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăŚăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăăăăă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤćăăŚĺ蝢ăăŚăăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăŻäťŽćłçˇďźąďźăééăăŚçŹŹďźăăłă¸ďźďźăăăä¸ćšă¨ăŞăä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§ćťăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăŽă¨ăăăăçăăŞăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤćźăäťăăăăŚä¸ĺŽăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăŤäżćăăăăăăŤăŞăăăăŽçść
ăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăăăăŤćźăä¸ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŻă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăĺžăĺłç¤şăăŞăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŤăăŁăŚăă˘ăăăŻăăăă
Next, when the back door 15 is shifted from the fully open state to the fully closed state, first, the lower door 17 is pulled down and rotated downward about the center hinge 18. Then, the rotating arm 22 rotates against the urging force of the gas spring 24, and the tip 25a of the rod 25 passes through the imaginary line Q1 and returns to a position above the first hinge 21. When the back door 15 shifts to the half-open state, the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 becomes shorter than that in the fully-open state, and the rotary arm 22 is pressed against the stopper member 27. And is held in a certain posture. When the lower door 17 is further pushed down from this state, the upper door 16 rotates downward about the upper hinge 14, and after the back door 15 shifts to a fully closed state, the door is locked by a lock device (not shown).
ă䝼ä¸čŠłčż°ăăăăăŤă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăă°ă䝼ä¸ăŤç¤şăĺšćăĺžăăăă
ăďźďźďźčťä˝ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŻăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçść ăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçść ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăăăăŽăăăćŠć§ďźďźăç¨ăăăă¨ă§ăĺžćĽćčĄăŽćĄĺ ç¨ăŹăźăŤă¨čť˘ĺ蟪ă¨ăŤăăăă˘ăŽééçść ăčŚĺśăăć§ćăŤćŻčźăăŚăčťä˝ďźďźăŤăăăĺ¤ć´çšăĺ°ăŞăăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăĺä¸ăăă As described above in detail, according to the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(1) Thevehicle body 11 and the lower door 17 are connected by a rod mechanism 20. The first state of the rod mechanism 20 corresponds to the fully closed state and the half open state of the back door 15, and the second state of the rod mechanism 20 corresponds to the fully open state of the back door 15. By using this rod mechanism 20, the number of changes in the vehicle body 11 is small and the vehicle mountability is improved as compared with the configuration in which the door opening / closing state is regulated by the conventional guide rail and rolling wheels.
ăďźďźďźčťä˝ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŻăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçść ăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçść ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăăăăŽăăăćŠć§ďźďźăç¨ăăăă¨ă§ăĺžćĽćčĄăŽćĄĺ ç¨ăŹăźăŤă¨čť˘ĺ蟪ă¨ăŤăăăă˘ăŽééçść ăčŚĺśăăć§ćăŤćŻčźăăŚăčťä˝ďźďźăŤăăăĺ¤ć´çšăĺ°ăŞăăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăĺä¸ăăă As described above in detail, according to the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(1) The
ăďźďźďźăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤă珏ďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźĺ´ăŽćŻçšă§ăăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺ¤ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŤăăăćŠć§ďźďźăć§ćăăăŚăăăă¤ăžăăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăăă¨ăŤăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăăăăŁăŚăäžăă°ăčˇçŠăçŠăżéăăăăăăăŞĺ ´ĺăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźă秝čĄăăăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăŤćŻăšăŚčťä¸ĄăŽéĺŁé¨ăŽé˘çŠăĺşăăŞăăčˇçŠăŽçŠăżéăăć§ăĺä¸ăăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(2) When the back door 15 shifts from the half-open state to the full-open state, the distance between the first hinge 21 and the second end 23b of the rod member 23 that is a fulcrum on the lower door 17 side can be changed. Thus, the rod mechanism 20 is configured. That is, when the second end portion 23b of the rod member 23 is separated from the vehicle body 11, the back door 15 is shifted to the fully open state. Therefore, for example, when loading and unloading luggage, if the back door 15 is shifted to a fully opened state in which the lower door 17 is separated from the vehicle body 11, the opening of the vehicle is less than when the back door 15 is half opened. The area is increased, and the loading and unloading ability of the luggage can be improved.
ăďźďźďźăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺéçść
ă¨ĺ
¨éçść
ăŽďźćŽľéăŤéćžçść
ăĺ¤ć´ĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăŽăăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăšăăźăšăçăĺ ´ćă§ăŻĺéçść
ă§ééăăăă¨ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽééćăŽĺĺĺĺžăĺ°ăăăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ¨ĺ˛ăŽăăŽă¨ĺš˛ć¸ăăăă¨ăé˛ć˘ă§ăăăăžăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăéăăĺ ´ĺăăĺéçść
ăŤăăĺžă§éăăăă¨ăŤăăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăšăăźăšăçăĺ ´ĺă§ăćä˝ă厚ćăŤăŞăĺžăă
(3) The open state of the back door 15 can be changed in two stages, a half-open state and a full-open state. For this reason, when the back space of the vehicle is narrow, opening and closing in a half-open state reduces the turning radius when the back door 15 is closed, and the back door 15 can be prevented from interfering with surrounding objects. Further, when closing from the back door 15, the operation can be facilitated even when the rear space of the vehicle is narrow by closing after the half-open state.
ăďźďźďźăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăä¸ćšăŤčˇłăä¸ăăăăçść
ă§čťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžćšĺăŤĺťśăłăĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăĺžćĽäžă¨ćŻăšăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺžćšçŞĺşéă大ăăăŽă§ăäžăă°é¨ĺ¤ŠăŤčťä¸ĄăŽčˇçŠăŽçŠăżä¸ăăăăăăăăŞĺ ´ĺăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăé¨ăăă¨ăăŚç¨ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(4) The back door 15 can be in a fully open state extending in the rearward direction of the vehicle body 11 with the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 being flipped upward. Therefore, since the rearward protrusion amount of the back door 15 is larger than that of the conventional example, the back door 15 can be used as a rain guard, for example, when loading and unloading a vehicle load on rainy weather.
ăďźďźďźăăăćŠć§ďźďźăŻăčťä˝ďźďźăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćďźďźă¨ăĺăăŚăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăĺ蝢ăăăă¨ă§ăăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(5) The rod mechanism 20 includes a rotating arm 22 rotatably attached to the vehicle body 11 and a rod member 23 that connects the rotating arm 22 and the lower door 17. When the rotary arm 22 is rotated by the urging force of the gas spring 24, the second end 23b of the rod member 23 is separated from the vehicle body 11, and the back door 15 can be shifted to the fully open state.
ăďźďźďźăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤăŻăăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŤčłăăžă§ăŽéăŻăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚćźăäťăăăăćšĺăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăäťĺ˘ăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăäťĺ˘ăăćšĺăŻăăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăăé˘éăăćšĺăŤĺăćăăăăăăăŁăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăéăă¨ăăç°ĄćăŞćä˝ăčĄăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(6) A stopper member 27 is provided at the rear portion of the side frame 12. The gas spring 24 biases the rotating arm 22 in a direction in which the back door 15 is pressed against the stopper member 27 until the back door 15 is in the fully closed state to the half open state. When the back door 15 shifts from the half-open state to the full-open state, the direction in which the rotating arm 22 is urged is switched to the direction away from the stopper member 27. Therefore, if the simple operation of opening the lower door 17 is performed, the back door 15 can be shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state.
ăďźďźďźä¸ă¤ăŽăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăăăăăćŠć§ďźďźă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨çŹŹďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŤäżćăăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśĺŻč˝ăŞč¤ć°ăŽăăăŻé¨ćăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨çŹŹďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŤäżćăăć§ćăŤćŻăšăŚăé¨ĺçšć°ăŽĺ˘ĺ ăćăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(7) Since one gas spring 24 holds the rod mechanism 20 in the first state and the second state, a plurality of lock members capable of restricting the rotation of the rotary arm causes the rod mechanism to be in the first state. Compared to the configuration held in the second state, an increase in the number of parts can be suppressed.
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺć§ăŞć§ćé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻĺä¸çŹŚĺˇăäťăă (Second Embodiment)
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the component similar to 1st Embodiment.
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺć§ăŞć§ćé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻĺä¸çŹŚĺˇăäťăă (Second Embodiment)
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first embodiment. In addition, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected about the component similar to 1st Embodiment.
ăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăăăćŠć§ă¨ăăŚăŽăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăčťä˝ďźďźĺ´ăŽćŻçšă¨ăăŚăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă§ă珏ďźăăłă¸é¨ćďźďźăäťăăŚčťä˝ďźďźăŽăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽä¸ĺ´ăŤĺĺčŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăŞăăĄăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ăŻăăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźăäťăăŚăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ćĽçśăăă珏ďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŻăă˘ăă˘ďźďźĺ´ăŽćŻçšă¨ăăŚĺăă
As shown in FIG. 4A, the gas spring 32 as the rod mechanism is pivotable to the upper side of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 via the third hinge member 31 at the first end portion 32 a as a fulcrum on the vehicle body 11 side. Is attached. The second end portion 32 b of the gas spring 32, that is, the tip end portion of the rod 35 is connected to the side portion 17 b of the lower door 17 through the lock mechanism 33, and the second end portion 32 b functions as a fulcrum on the lower door 17 side.
ăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăŚă¸ăłă°ă¨ăăŚăŽăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŤĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăĺ°ĺ
ĽăăăăŹăšăăšăăłăăć§ćăăă䟸縎ĺŻč˝ă§ăăăĺ
ˇä˝çăŤăŻăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŤăăăŚăŻăĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăŽĺ
é¨ăŹăšĺ§ĺăŤăăŁăŚăăăďźďźăçŞĺşăăĺ¤ĺăĺăăă¨ăăăďźďźă沥ĺ
ĽăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăŞăăĄăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłĺéçść
ăŤĺŻžĺżăă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨ăăŚăŽĺ縎çść
ă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤĺŻžĺżăă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨ăăŚăŽäź¸éˇçść
ă¨ăŤç§ťčĄĺŻč˝ă§ăăă
The gas spring 32 is composed of a gas piston in which a compressed gas is sealed in a cylinder tube 34 as a housing, and can be expanded and contracted. Specifically, the gas spring 32 is configured such that the rod 35 protrudes due to the internal gas pressure of the compressed gas, and the rod 35 is immersed when an external force is received. That is, the gas spring 32 shifts between a contracted state as the first state corresponding to the fully closed state and the half-open state of the back door 15 and an extended state as the second state corresponding to the fully open state of the back door 15. Is possible.
ăăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźăć§ćăăăăźăšé¨ďźďźăŻăĺşĺŽăăďźďźăŤăăŁăŚăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ďźĺłďźďźŁĺç
§ďźăŤĺşĺŽçăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăăăăźăšé¨ďźďźăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ăŤç´ćĽĺăäťăăăăăăźăšćżďźďźă¨ăăăźăšćżďźďźăŽä¸ĺ´ç¸ăăĺťśĺşăăăăźăšćżďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăăăăŤĺťśăłăćŻćçďźďźă¨ăĺăăăăăźăšćżďźďźă¨ćŻćçďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻăĺ
ĺ´ăŤĺłç¤şăăŞăăăĺă形ćăăăăˇăŁăăďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăˇăŁăăďźďźăŻăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă貍éăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăćŻćçďźďźăäťăăŚćŻćăăďźďźăăˇăŁăăďźďźăŽăăĺă¨čşĺăăăă¨ă§ăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŻĺĺčŞĺ¨ăŤćŻćăăăŚăăăĺłďźďź˘ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă§ăăă¨ăăŽăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźă§ăăă
The base portion 37 constituting the lock mechanism 33 is fixedly attached to the side portion 17b (see FIG. 4C) of the lower door 17 by a fixing screw 38. The base portion 37 includes a base plate 39 that is directly attached to the side portion 17 b of the lower door 17, and a support piece 40 that extends from one side edge of the base plate 39 and extends to face the base plate 39. Between the base plate 39 and the support piece 40, a shaft 41 having a screw hole (not shown) formed therein is provided. The shaft 41 passes through the second end 32b of the gas spring 32, and the support screw 43 is screwed into the screw hole of the shaft 41 via the support piece 40, whereby the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 is It is supported rotatably. FIG. 4B shows the lock mechanism 33 when the back door 15 is in a half-open state.
ăăăźăšćżďźďźă¨ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŤăŻăăˇăŁăăďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăĺšłćżçśăŽäżć˘ăăŞăăĄăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăăŚăŽăăăŻďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽĺ¤é˘ăŤăŻč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨ăăŚăŽč˘Ťäżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ăŻč˘Ťäżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăäżć˘ĺŻč˝ăŞĺźćé¨ďźďźă形ćăăăĺźćé¨ďźďźăŻă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăŽĺ¨é˘ăŤć˛żăĺšé˘ďźďźăćăăăĺšé˘ďźďźăŤéŁçśăăĺźćé¨ďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźăŻăćçśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăăăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźăŻăăźăšćżďźďźăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăćĄĺ
ĺďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺżăăä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§ĺťśăłăŚăăăăăăŻďźďźă¨ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŤăŻĺˇťăă°ăďźďźăč¨ăăăă塝ăă°ăďźďźăŻăăăŻďźďźăŽĺźćé¨ďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăŤćźăäťăăĺ蝢ćšĺăŤăăăŻďźďźăŤäťĺ˘ĺăĺ ăăŚăăăŻďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăŤäżć˘ăă姿ĺ˘ă§äżćăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ă§ăăéăăăăŻďźďźăŻăăăďźďźăŽç§ťĺăŤäź´ăŁăŚĺĺăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ
ăŤć˛Ąĺ
ĽăăăŚăăŽĺ
¨éˇăçăăŞăŁăŚăăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăă
Between the base plate 39 and the second end portion 32 b of the gas spring 32, a flat-plate-like lock that is rotatably supported by the shaft 41, that is, a hook 44 as a lock member is provided. A locked projection 36 as a locked portion is provided on the outer surface of the cylinder tube 34, and a first end portion of the hook 44 forms a hooking portion 45 that can lock the locked projection 36. The hooking portion 45 has a concave surface 46 along the peripheral surface of the locked projection 36. A front end surface 47 of the hooking portion 45 that is continuous with the concave surface 46 is formed in an oblique shape. The second end 48 of the hook 44 extends to a position corresponding to the guide hole 49 formed in the base plate 39. A winding spring 50 is provided between the hook 44 and the second end 32 b of the gas spring 32, and the winding spring 50 is attached to the hook 44 in the rotational direction in which the hooking portion 45 of the hook 44 is pressed against the locked protrusion 36. A force is applied to hold the hook 44 in a posture of being locked to the locked protrusion 36. While the back door 15 is in the half-open state from the fully closed state, the hook 44 is rotated with the movement of the rod 35, and the gas spring 32 is shortened in its entire length because the rod 35 is immersed in the cylinder tube 34. Is kept in a contracted state.
ăä¸ćšăăăźăšé¨ďźďźăŽăăźăšćżďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤăŻăăˇăŁăăďźďźă¨ĺăä˝ç˝Žăä¸ĺżă¨ăăŚĺĺčŞĺ¨ă¨ăŞăăăăŤč§Łé¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăĺăäťăăăăŚăăă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăŽĺłç¤şăăŞăĺşçŤŻé¨ăŻăĺłç¤şăăŞăăăŤăă§ćŻćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăŻăăăłăăŤďźďźă¨éŁäżăăăąăźăăŤďźďźăćĽçśăăăŚăăăăąăźăăŤďźďźăŻăăăłăăŤďźďźăćä˝ăăăă¨ĺźăŁĺźľăăăŚă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăĺĺăăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăźăšćżďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤăŻăăąăźăăŤďźďźăäżćăăăąăźăăŤăŻăŠăłăďźďźăĺăäťăăăăŚăăă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăŻăăăźăšćżďźďźăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăćĄĺ
ĺďźďźăééăăŚăăăŻďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽĺŻč˝ăŞä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§çŞĺşăăĺ˝ćĽé¨ă¨ăăŚăŽăăłďźďźăĺăăăĺłďźďźŁăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ăŤăŻăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺżăăé¨ä˝ăŤĺďźďźăč¨ăăăă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźĺăłăąăźăăŤăŻăŠăłăďźďźăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăŞăăĄčťä˝ĺ
ćšăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ă§ĺďźďźăäťăăŚăăźăšćżďźďźăŤĺăäťăăăăŚăăă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăăąăźăăŤďźďźăăąăźăăŤăŻăŠăłăďźďźăăăłăăŤďźďźăŻćä˝ćŠć§ăć§ćăăă
On the other hand, a release operation lever 51 is attached inside the base plate 39 of the base portion 37 so as to be rotatable around the same position as the shaft 41. A base end (not shown) of the release operation lever 51 is supported by a bolt (not shown), and a cable 52 linked to the handle 55 is connected to the tip 51a. The cable 52 is configured to be pulled when the handle 55 is operated to rotate the release operation lever 51. A cable clamp 53 that holds the cable 52 is attached to the inside of the base plate 39. The release operation lever 51 includes a pin 54 as a contact portion that passes through a guide hole 49 formed in the base plate 39 and protrudes to a position where it can contact the hook 44. As shown in FIG. 4C, the side portion 17b of the lower door 17 is provided with a hole 28 at a portion corresponding to the lock mechanism 33, and the release operation lever 51 and the cable clamp 53 are disposed inside the lower door 17, that is, inside the vehicle body. In this state, it is attached to the base plate 39 through the hole 28. The release operation lever 51, the cable 52, the cable clamp 53, and the handle 55 constitute an operation mechanism.
ăăăłďźďźăŻă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăĺĺăăéăćĄĺ
ĺďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăăăăłďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăçść
ăŤăăăŚăŻăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźă¨ăŻé˘éăăŚăăăä¸ćšăĺłďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăăłďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăăŤăŻăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăăăŽçść
ă§ăăłďźďźăćĄĺ
ĺďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăăă°ăăăŻďźďźăŻĺĺăăŚăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăă解é¤ăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨çŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺ¤ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŤăŞăă
The pin 54 moves along the guide hole 49 when the release operation lever 51 rotates. The pin 54 is separated from the second end 48 of the hook 44 when the back door 15 is in the fully closed state. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 5B, the pin 54 abuts on the second end 48 of the hook 44 when the back door 15 shifts to the half-open state, and the pin 54 can be moved along the guide hole 49 in this state. If the hook 44 rotates, the gas spring 32 is released from the contracted state, and the distance between the first end 32a and the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 can be changed.
ă揥ăŤă䝼ä¸ăŽăăăŤć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŽä˝ç¨ăŤă¤ăăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăŤăŻăăžăăăăłăăŤďźďźăćä˝ăăŚăăă˘ăăăŻă解é¤ăăă揥ăŤăăŚăźăśăźăăăłăăŤďźďźăććăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăăăăŤćä˝ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšăŤĺĺăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŞĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăŽă¨ăăăăăŻďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăäżć˘ăăŚăăăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăăăďźďźăŻçŞĺşăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăžăžă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨çŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ďźăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éˇďźăŻä¸ĺŽă§ăăăčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽçŞĺşéăŻĺ°ăăăŞăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
To open the fully closed backdoor 15, first, the handle 55 is operated to release the door lock. Next, when the user grips the handle 55 and operates to lift the back door 15, the upper door 16 rotates upward about the upper hinge 14, and the back door 15 is in a half-open state as shown by a solid line in FIG. 5A. Migrate to At this time, since the hook 44 locks the locked protrusion 36, the rod 35 of the gas spring 32 does not protrude, and the gas spring 32 remains held in the contracted state by the lock mechanism 33. Therefore, when the back door 15 transitions from the fully closed state to the half open state, the distance between the first end 32a and the second end 32b of the gas spring 32 (the total length of the gas spring 32) is constant. The protrusion amount of the back door 15 from the rear end of the vehicle is reduced.
ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăŤăŻăăžăăăăłăăŤďźďźăćä˝ăăŚăăă˘ăăăŻă解é¤ăăă揥ăŤăăŚăźăśăźăăăłăăŤďźďźăććăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăăăăŤćä˝ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšăŤĺĺăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺłďźďźĄăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŞĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăŽă¨ăăăăăŻďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăäżć˘ăăŚăăăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăăăďźďźăŻçŞĺşăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăžăžă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨çŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ďźăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éˇďźăŻä¸ĺŽă§ăăăčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽçŞĺşéăŻĺ°ăăăŞăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
To open the fully closed back
ăčťä˝ĺžé¨ăŽéĺŁé¨ăäťăăŚĺ¤§ăăŞčˇçŠăŽçŠăżéăăăčĄăĺ ´ĺăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă§ăăă¨ä¸ćăăăŚăăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăčˇçŠăŤĺš˛ć¸ăăčăăăăăăă§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăĺžăŤăăăłăăŤďźďźăćä˝ăăŚăăąăźăăŤďźďźăĺźăŁĺźľăŁăŚč§Łé¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăĺĺăăăăăăă¨ăĺłďźďź˘ăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăăłďźďźăćĄĺ
ĺďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźăăăłďźďźăŤăăŁăŚćźăăăăă¨ă§ăăăŻďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăăé˘éăăćšĺăŤĺĺăăăăăăŻďźďźăŤăă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăŽäżć˘ă解é¤ăăăŚăăăăďźďźă䟸éˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăčťä˝ďźďźăăé˘éăăăăăŤăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăŚăĺłďźďźĄăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§ç§ťĺăăăăăŽçść
ăŤăăăŚăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨çŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăŻĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăŤćŻăšăŚéˇăăŞăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚäťĺ˘ăăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăŤäżćăăăă
When loading / unloading a large load through the opening at the rear of the vehicle body, the lower door 17 may be interfered with the load because the back door 15 is folded halfway open. Therefore, after the back door 15 is shifted to the half-open state, the handle 55 is operated, the cable 52 is pulled, and the release operation lever 51 is rotated. Then, as indicated by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 5B, the pin 54 moves along the guide hole 49, and the second end 48 of the hook 44 is pushed by the pin 54, whereby the hook 44 is locked. It rotates in the direction away from. The locked projection 36 is unlocked by the hook 44, the rod 35 is extended, and the lower door 17 is rotated upward about the center hinge 18 so as to be separated from the vehicle body 11. Move to the position indicated by the dotted line. In this state, the distance between the first end portion 32a and the second end portion 32b of the gas spring 32 is longer than that in the half-open state, and the lower door 17 is urged by the gas spring 32 and the back door 15 is moved. Is kept fully open.
ă揥ăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăŤăŻăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤćăăŚăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăŚăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăăăăă¨ăăăăŻďźďźăŽĺźćé¨ďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăŤĺ˝ćĽăăŚă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăĺ
獯é˘ďźďźăŤć˛żăă¤ă¤ĺšé˘ďźďźăŤăžă§ćĄĺ
ăăăăăăăŚăĺăłăăăăŻďźďźă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăäżć˘ăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă¨ăŞăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨çŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăŽă¨ăăăăçăăŞăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ縎çść
ă§äżćăăăăăăŽçść
ăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăăăăŤćźăä¸ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŻă˘ăăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăĺžăĺłç¤şăăŞăăăăŻčŁ
罎ăŤăăŁăŚăăăŻăăăă
Next, when the back door 15 is shifted from the fully open state to the fully closed state, the lower door 17 is pulled down against the urging force of the gas spring 32 and rotated downward about the center hinge 18. Then, the front end surface 47 of the hooking portion 45 of the hook 44 comes into contact with the locked projection 36, and the locked projection 36 is guided to the concave surface 46 along the front end surface 47. Then, the hook 44 again locks the locked protrusion 36, and the back door 15 is in a half-open state. The distance between the first end portion 32a and the second end portion 32b of the gas spring 32 is shorter than that in the fully open state, and the gas spring 32 is held in a contracted state. When the lower door 17 is further pushed down from this state, the upper door 16 rotates downward about the upper hinge 14, and the back door 15 is locked by a locking device (not shown) after shifting to the fully closed state.
ă䝼ä¸čŠłčż°ăăăăăŤă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăă°ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽĺšćďźďźďźď˝ďźďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŽĺšćăŽäťăŤă䝼ä¸ăŤç¤şăĺšćăĺžăăăă
ăďźďźďźăăăćŠć§ă¨ăăŚăŽăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺĺăčŚĺśăăăăăčťä˝ďźďźĺ´ăŽĺ¤ć´çšăĺ°ăŞăăŚć¸ăăĺ ˇä˝çăŤăŻăčťä˝ĺ´ăŤăăăćŠć§ăčż˝ĺ ăăăšăăźăšăăăăăăăćŠć§ăŽĺäťç¨ĺăč¨ăăă°ăčťä˝ĺ´ăăťă¨ăăŠĺ¤ć´ăăăă¨ăŞăăăăăćŠć§ăčż˝ĺ ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă As described above in detail, according to the second embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (4) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(8) Since thegas spring 32 as the rod mechanism restricts the rotation of the lower door 17, there are few changes on the vehicle body 11 side. Specifically, there is a space for adding a rod mechanism on the vehicle body side, and if a mounting hole for the rod mechanism is provided, the rod mechanism can be added with almost no change on the vehicle body side.
ăďźďźďźăăăćŠć§ă¨ăăŚăŽăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺĺăčŚĺśăăăăăčťä˝ďźďźĺ´ăŽĺ¤ć´çšăĺ°ăŞăăŚć¸ăăĺ ˇä˝çăŤăŻăčťä˝ĺ´ăŤăăăćŠć§ăčż˝ĺ ăăăšăăźăšăăăăăăăćŠć§ăŽĺäťç¨ĺăč¨ăăă°ăčťä˝ĺ´ăăťă¨ăăŠĺ¤ć´ăăăă¨ăŞăăăăăćŠć§ăčż˝ĺ ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă As described above in detail, according to the second embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (4) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(8) Since the
ăďźďźďźăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽĺ¤é˘ăŤăŻă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŻćŠć§ďźďźăŻă袍äżć˘çŞé¨ďźďźăäżć˘ĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻďźďźă¨ăăăăŻďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽĺŻč˝ăŞä˝ç˝ŽăŤč¨ăăăăăăłďźďźă¨ă解é¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźă¨ăĺăăŚăăăăăłăăŤďźďźăŻăąăźăăŤďźďźăäťăăŚč§Łé¤ćä˝ăŹăăźďźďźăĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăłăăŤďźďźăćä˝ăăŞăăă°ăăăăďźďźăçŞĺşăăăă¨ăŻăŞăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻäź¸éˇăăŞăăăăăăŁăŚăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźă確ĺŽăŤçŹŹďźăŽçść
ă§äżćăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽçŞĺşéăĺ°ăăăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(9) A locked projection 36 is provided on the outer surface of the cylinder tube 34 of the gas spring 32. The lock mechanism 33 includes a hook 44 capable of locking the locked protrusion 36, a pin 54 provided at a position where the second end 48 of the hook 44 can be contacted, and a release operation lever 51. Yes. The handle 55 is configured such that the release operation lever 51 can be rotated via a cable 52. Therefore, if the handle 55 is not operated, the rod 35 does not protrude and the gas spring 32 does not extend. Therefore, the gas spring 32 can be reliably held in the first state, and the amount of protrusion of the back door 15 from the rear end of the vehicle can be reduced when the back door 15 shifts from the fully closed state to the half open state. it can.
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ĺăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ĺăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŻăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ĺăłăăăŻćŠć§ăŽć§ćă丝ăŤç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŽçšă丝ăŤčŞŹćăăă (Third embodiment)
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first embodiment and the second embodiment. The third embodiment is mainly different from the first embodiment and the second embodiment in the configuration of the gas spring and the lock mechanism, and this point will be mainly described.
ăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ĺăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ĺăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŻăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ĺăłăăăŻćŠć§ăŽć§ćă丝ăŤç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăăăŽçšă丝ăŤčŞŹćăăă (Third embodiment)
A third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first embodiment and the second embodiment. The third embodiment is mainly different from the first embodiment and the second embodiment in the configuration of the gas spring and the lock mechanism, and this point will be mainly described.
ăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăĺ°ĺ
ĽăăăăŹăšĺŽ¤ďźďźăĺşçťăăăăŚă¸ăłă°ă¨ăăŚăŽăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźă¨ăăŹăšĺŽ¤ďźďźĺ
ăŤä¸é¨ăćżĺ
Ľăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤĺ§ç¸ŽăŹăšăŽĺ§ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺşć˛Ąĺä˝ăăăăăďźďźă¨ăĺăăŚăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺłç¤şăăŞăĺşçŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ďźďźăŤĺĺčŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤç´ćĽĺăäťăăăăŚăăăăăăďźďźăŤăŻăăŽä¸é¨ăŤç¸Žĺžé¨ďźďźă形ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă縎ĺžé¨ďźďźăŤăŻç¸Žĺžé¨ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺ蝢ĺďźďźăčŁ
çăăăŚăăă
As shown in FIG. 6A, the gas spring 60 includes a cylinder tube 63 serving as a housing that defines a gas chamber 62 in which compressed gas is sealed, and a part of the gas spring 60 that is inserted into the gas chamber 62 and is inflated by the pressure of the compressed gas. And an operating rod 64. A base end portion (not shown) of the gas spring 60 is rotatably attached to the vehicle body 11, and a tip end portion 64 a of the rod 64 is directly attached to the lower door 17. A reduced diameter portion 65 is formed in a part of the rod 64, and a rotor 66 is attached to the reduced diameter portion 65 so as to be rotatable with respect to the reduced diameter portion 65.
ăĺłďźďźŁăŤç¤şăăăăŤăĺ蝢ĺďźďźăŤăŻăăăŽĺ¨ćšĺăŤçééăŤč¤ć°ăŽçŞćĄăŽč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽĺ
獯ďźďźď˝ăŻăăăďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ¨ăăăĺ¤ĺ´ăŤĺĺ¨ăăăăăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăŹăšĺŽ¤ďźďźă¨ăŻĺ寞ĺ´ăŤä˝ç˝Žăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăŻćçśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăăĺłďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăăăăďźďźăŽé¨ĺăŤăŻăçééăŤéŁçśăăč¤ć°ăŽĺąąĺ˝˘çśăŽăŤă é¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŻă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăćźĺ§ăăŚĺ蝢ĺďźďźăä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤćĺŽč§ĺşŚďźăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻăĺłďźďźŁăŤăăăćč¨ĺăćšĺăŤďźďźĺşŚďźăŤĺ蝢ăăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŤć§ćăăăă¨ăăŤăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŽé é¨ă常ăŤč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăŽé çšă¨ăŻăăăăăăŞĺ˝˘çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăăĺ蝢ĺďźďźĺăłç¸Žĺžé¨ďźďźăŻăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ
ăŤč¨ăăăăăăăŻĺŽ¤ďźďźăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăăăŞăăăăăŻĺŽ¤ďźďźăçťćăăăŹăšĺŽ¤ďźďźĺ´ăŽĺ
ĺŁé˘ďźďźď˝ă¨ĺ蝢ĺďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻă°ăďźďźăäťčŁ
ăăăŚăăăă°ăďźďźăŻăĺ蝢ĺďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽăăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ă¸ĺăăŁăŚäź¸éˇăăĺ´ăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŤĺăăŚäťĺ˘ăăă
As shown in FIG. 6C, the rotor 66 is provided with a plurality of protrusions to be locked 67 at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The distal end 67a of the locked portion 67 is formed so as to exist outside the outer periphery of the rod 64, and the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 located on the opposite side of the gas chamber 62 is formed in an oblique shape. ing. As shown in FIG. 6B, a portion of the rod 64 facing the end face 68 of the locked portion 67 is provided with a plurality of mountain-shaped cam portions 69 that are continuous at equal intervals. The cam portion 69 presses the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 so that the rotor 66 can be rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle (in this embodiment, 60 degrees clockwise in FIG. 6C). In addition to being configured, the top of the cam portion 69 is formed in a shape that always deviates from the apex of the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67. The rotor 66 and the reduced diameter portion 65 are located in a lock chamber 61 provided in the cylinder tube 63. A spring 70 is interposed between the inner wall surface 61 a on the gas chamber 62 side that defines the lock chamber 61 and the rotor 66. The spring 70 urges the rotor 66 toward the end 63 a of the cylinder tube 63 on the side where the rod 64 extends toward the outside of the cylinder tube 63.
ăĺłďźďź¤ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤăŻă縎ĺžé¨ďźďźăăăĺ
獯ĺ´ăŽăăăďźďźăŽé¨ĺă¨ĺŻžĺżăăä˝ç˝ŽăŤçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăé ăŤĺ¨ćšĺăŤäş¤äşăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăăŚăŽçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŻăăăăăĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ďźďźďźď˝ăćçśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźă¨çŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźă¨ă§č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăäżć˘ĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăŻă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽééă訹厚ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăŻĺŽ¤ďźďźăăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ďźĺłďźďźĄĺç
§ďźäťčżăŤăžă§ĺťśăłăŚăăăăŞăă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ďźďźďźď˝ăŻăăăăă寞ĺăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźă¨ĺšłčĄă¨ăŞăăăăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăăăăăŚă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŻč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăäżć˘ä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§ćĄĺ
ăăăăăŤćŠč˝ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŻč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăŤăžă§ćĄĺ
ăăăăăŤćŠč˝ăăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźă¨çŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźă¨ăŤăăŁăŚäżć˘ăăăŚăăçść
ă§ăŻăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăĺ縎çść
ă§äżćăăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŞăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăŤćĄĺ
ăăăă¨ăăăăďźďźăçŞĺşăăŚăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăă¨ă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŞăăĺ蝢ĺďźďźăăŤă é¨ďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăĺăłćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăăăăŻčŁ
罎ă¨ăăŚăŽăăăŻćŠć§ăć§ćăăă
As shown in FIG. 6D, on the inner side of the cylinder tube 63, the first ridge 71, the second ridge 73, and the guide groove 72 are sequentially arranged at positions corresponding to the portion of the rod 64 on the tip side of the reduced diameter portion 65. They are provided alternately in the circumferential direction. The first ridge 71 and the second ridge 73 as the locking members are respectively formed with inclined front end surfaces 71 a and 73 a, and the locked portion 67 is formed by the first and second ridges 71 and 73. Is configured to be able to be locked. The guide groove 72 allows passage of the locked portion 67 and extends from the lock chamber 61 to the vicinity of the end 63a of the cylinder tube 63 (see FIG. 6A). In addition, the front end surfaces 71a and 73a of the 1st protrusion 71 and the 2nd protrusion 73 are formed so that it may become in parallel with the end surface 68 of the to-be-latched part 67 which opposes, respectively. The front end surface 71 a of the first protrusion 71 functions to guide the locked portion 67 to the locking position by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, and the front end of the second protrusion 73. The surface 73 a functions to guide the locked portion 67 to the guide groove 72. In a state where the locked portion 67 is locked by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, the gas spring 60 is locked in a contracted state, and the locked portion 67 is guided by the guide groove 72. , The rod 64 protrudes and the unlocked state is allowed to allow the gas spring 60 to shift to the second state. The rotor 66, the cam portion 69, the first protrusion 71, the second protrusion 73, and the guide groove 72 constitute a lock mechanism as a lock device.
ă揥ăŤă䝼ä¸ăŽăăăŤć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŽä˝ç¨ăŤă¤ăăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăžă§ăŽéăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăŁăŚäżć˘ăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻćŠć§ăŻăăăŻçść ă§ăăăăăăďźďźăŻçŞĺşăăăă¨ăŞăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ縎çść ă§äżćăăăăžăžă§ăăă揥ăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăäťăăŚăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ ăŤčĽĺš˛ć˛Ąĺ Ľăăăăăăă¨ă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăăăĺ ĺ´ăŤĺĺ¨ăăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăćźăăăŚçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăäżć˘ă解é¤ăăăăăăăŚăĺłďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ 獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŤä¸č´ăăă¨ă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăŚă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăŽé çšăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŽč°ˇé¨ăŤä¸č´ăăŚäżć˘ăăăăăăăŚăăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ ăŤćźăčžźăćä˝ăć˘ăăă¨ăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŻäź¸éˇĺ´ďźĺłďźďź˘ăŤăăăĺłĺ´ďźăŤç§ťĺăăăăăŤäź´ăŁăŚă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ 獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăĺłďźďźŁă§ç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻćĄĺ ćşďźďźăŤăžă§ćĄĺ ăăăăăăă¨ăăăăŻćŠć§ăŻă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăăăăďźďźăŻäź¸éˇĺŻč˝ă¨ăŞăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺłç¤şăăŞăĺşçŤŻé¨ă¨ăăăďźďźăŽĺ 獯é¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăéˇăăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ ¨éçść ăŤăžă§ç§ťčĄăăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
Until theback door 15 transitions from the fully closed state to the half open state, the locked portion 67 is locked by the first and second protrusions 71 and 73 as shown in FIG. 7A. Therefore, the lock mechanism is in a locked state, and the rod 64 does not protrude and the gas spring 60 remains held in a contracted state. Next, when the back door 15 is shifted from the half-open state to the full-open state, the rod 64 is slightly immersed into the cylinder tube 63 via the lower door 17. Then, the locked portion 67 is pushed by the cam portion 69 existing on the inner side of the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, and the locking by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73 is released. . Then, as shown in FIG. 7B, when the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 coincides with the front end surface 73a of the second protrusion 73, the locked portion 67 moves along the cam portion 69 and is locked. The apex of the end surface 68 of the portion 67 coincides with the valley portion of the cam portion 69 and is locked. When the operation of pushing the rod 64 into the cylinder tube 63 is stopped, the cam portion 69 moves to the extending side (the right side in FIG. 7B), and accordingly, the locked portion 67 is the tip surface of the second protrusion 73. It moves along 73a, and the to-be-latched part 67 is guided to the guide groove 72 as shown in FIG. 7C. Then, the lock mechanism is switched to the unlocked state, and the rod 64 can be extended. The distance between the proximal end portion (not shown) of the gas spring 60 and the distal end portion 64a of the rod 64 is increased, and the back door 15 is shifted to the fully open state.
ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăžă§ăŽéăĺłďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăŁăŚäżć˘ăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻćŠć§ăŻăăăŻçść ă§ăăăăăăďźďźăŻçŞĺşăăăă¨ăŞăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ縎çść ă§äżćăăăăžăžă§ăăă揥ăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăäťăăŚăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ ăŤčĽĺš˛ć˛Ąĺ Ľăăăăăăă¨ă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăăăĺ ĺ´ăŤĺĺ¨ăăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăćźăăăŚçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăäżć˘ă解é¤ăăăăăăăŚăĺłďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźă珏ďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ 獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŤä¸č´ăăă¨ă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăŚă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăŽé çšăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŽč°ˇé¨ăŤä¸č´ăăŚäżć˘ăăăăăăăŚăăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ ăŤćźăčžźăćä˝ăć˘ăăă¨ăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŻäź¸éˇĺ´ďźĺłďźďź˘ăŤăăăĺłĺ´ďźăŤç§ťĺăăăăăŤäź´ăŁăŚă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ 獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăăĺłďźďźŁă§ç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻćĄĺ ćşďźďźăŤăžă§ćĄĺ ăăăăăăă¨ăăăăŻćŠć§ăŻă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăăăăďźďźăŻäź¸éˇĺŻč˝ă¨ăŞăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺłç¤şăăŞăĺşçŤŻé¨ă¨ăăăďźďźăŽĺ 獯é¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăéˇăăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ ¨éçść ăŤăžă§ç§ťčĄăăă Next, the operation of the back door support device configured as described above will be described.
Until the
ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŤćťăăŚăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăĺ縎çść
ă§äżćăăĺ ´ĺăŤăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăćźăä¸ăăŚĺéçść
ăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăŤăžă§ćťăăăăăŤăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăäťăăŚăăăďźďźăăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźĺ
ăŤćźăčžźăăăăă¨ăĺłďźďź¤ă§ç¤şăăăăŤč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăŤćĄĺ
ăăăŚăăçść
ăăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤăăŁăŚćźăăăŚăăăăŻĺŽ¤ďźďźĺ´ďźĺłďźďź¤ăŤăăă塌ĺ´ďźăŤç§ťĺăăăăăŽĺžăĺłďźďźĽă§ç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻćĄĺ
ćşďźďźăăĺşăŚăăŤă é¨ďźďźă¨çŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ă¨ăä¸č´ăăăăăŤăŞăă¨ăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŤć˛żăŁăŚç§ťĺăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽçŤŻé˘ďźďźăŽé çšăăŤă é¨ďźďźăŽč°ˇé¨ăŤä¸č´ăăă¨äżć˘ăăăăăăŽĺžăăăăďźďźăŽăˇăŞăłăăăĽăźăďźďźă¸ăŽćźăčžźăżćä˝ăć˘ăăă¨ăŤă é¨ďźďźăŻäź¸éˇĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăăăăĺłďźďźŚă§ç¤şăăăăŤă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŽĺ
獯é˘ďźďźď˝ăŤćĄĺ
ăăăŚçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźçŞćĄďźďźăŤăăŁăŚäżć˘ăăăŚăăăăŻćŠć§ăŻăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăăăăă¨ăĺăłăăăăďźďźăŽäź¸éˇăčŚĺśăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺ縎çść
ăŤćťăă
When the back door 15 is returned from the fully open state to the half open state and the gas spring 60 is held in the contracted state, the lower door 17 is pushed down to return to the half open state, and the rod 64 is connected to the cylinder tube 63 via the lower door 17. Push in. Then, as shown in FIG. 7D, the locked portion 67 is pushed by the cam portion 69 from the state where the locked portion 67 is guided by the guide groove 72 to the lock chamber 61 side (left side in FIG. 7D). Moving. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 7E, the locked portion 67 moves out of the guide groove 72 and moves along the cam portion 69 when the cam portion 69 and the tip surface 71a of the first protrusion 71 coincide. When the apex of the end surface 68 of the locked portion 67 coincides with the valley portion of the cam portion 69, the locked portion 67 is locked. Thereafter, when the pushing operation of the rod 64 into the cylinder tube 63 is stopped, the cam portion 69 moves to the extension side, so that the locked portion 67 is guided to the tip surface 71a of the first protrusion 71 as shown in FIG. 7F. Then, the lock mechanism is locked by the first protrusion 71 and the second protrusion 73, and the lock mechanism is switched to the locked state. Then, the extension of the rod 64 is restricted again, and the gas spring 60 returns to the contracted state.
ă䝼ä¸čŠłčż°ăăăăăŤă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăă°ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽĺšćďźďźďźď˝ďźďźďźĺăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽĺšćďźďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŽĺšćăŽäťăŤă䝼ä¸ăŤç¤şăĺšćăĺžăăăă
ăďźďźďźďźăăăŻćŠć§ăŻăăăăďźďźăć˛Ąĺ ĽăăăăăŤćźăčžźăžăăăă¨ă§ăăăŻçść ă¨ă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤĺăćăĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻćŠć§ăŤăăăăăćŠć§ăŽĺ縎çść ďźçŹŹďźăŽçść ďźăŽäżćă解é¤ăăăăăŤăäžăă°ăăăłăăŤăă˘ăŻăăĽă¨ăźăżăăąăźăăŤçăŽćä˝ćŠć§ăć§ćăăé¨ĺăç¨ćăăĺż čŚăăŞăăčťä¸Ąçľăżäťăć§ăăăă As described above in detail, according to the third embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (4) of the first embodiment and the effects (8) of the second embodiment, the following effects Is obtained.
(10) The lock mechanism can be alternately switched between the locked state and the unlocked state by being pushed so that therod 64 is immersed. Therefore, in order to release the holding of the contracted state (first state) of the rod mechanism by the lock mechanism, for example, it is not necessary to prepare parts constituting the operating mechanism such as a handle, an actuator, a cable, etc. Good.
ăďźďźďźďźăăăŻćŠć§ăŻăăăăďźďźăć˛Ąĺ ĽăăăăăŤćźăčžźăžăăăă¨ă§ăăăŻçść ă¨ă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤĺăćăĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻćŠć§ăŤăăăăăćŠć§ăŽĺ縎çść ďźçŹŹďźăŽçść ďźăŽäżćă解é¤ăăăăăŤăäžăă°ăăăłăăŤăă˘ăŻăăĽă¨ăźăżăăąăźăăŤçăŽćä˝ćŠć§ăć§ćăăé¨ĺăç¨ćăăĺż čŚăăŞăăčťä¸Ąçľăżäťăć§ăăăă As described above in detail, according to the third embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) to (4) of the first embodiment and the effects (8) of the second embodiment, the following effects Is obtained.
(10) The lock mechanism can be alternately switched between the locked state and the unlocked state by being pushed so that the
ăďźďźďźďźăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăăăďźďźăŤĺŻžăăćźăčžźăżćä˝ăčĄăă ăă§ăăăăŻćŠć§ăŤăăăăăŻă解é¤ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăŚăźăśăźă解é¤ç¨ăăłăăŤă解é¤ç¨ăšă¤ăăăć˘ăĺż
čŚăăŞăăčťä¸ĄĺžćšăŽăšăăźăšăçăăŚăźăśăźăčťä¸ĄăŽć¨ŞčăŤçŤăŁăŚăăĺ ´ĺă§ăăăŚăźăśăźăčťä¸ĄăŽĺ´ćšăăăăăďźďźăćźăčžźăćä˝ăčĄăă ăă§ăăăŻĺŽ¤ďźďźăŤăăăăăŻă解é¤ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(11) The lock by the lock mechanism can be released simply by pushing the rod 64 of the gas spring 60 into the rod 64. Therefore, there is no need for the user to search for a release handle or a release switch. Even when the space behind the vehicle is small and the user is standing beside the vehicle, the lock by the lock chamber 61 can be released only by the user performing an operation of pushing the rod 64 from the side of the vehicle.
ăďźďźďźďźăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăćä˝ăăăă¨ăŤăăăăăďźďźă沥ĺ
Ľăăăăă¨ăŤăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŽĺăćăăčĄăăăăăäžăă°ăăłăăŤçăćä˝ăăŚăăăŻćŠć§ăŽăăăŻçść
ăĺăćăăĺ ´ĺăŤćŻăšăŚăćä˝ăç°Ąĺă§ăăă
(12) By operating the lower door 17, it is possible to switch between the locked state and the unlocked state by immersing the rod 64, so that, for example, the operation is performed as compared with the case where the lock mechanism is switched to the locked state by operating the handle or the like. Is simple.
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ă揥ăŤăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźď˝çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ Ľăé˛ć˘ăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽĺăłăˇăźăŤé¨ćăčż˝ĺ ăăçšă珏ďźď˝çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăăăăćŠć§ĺăłăăŽäťăŽć§ćăŻçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺşćŹçăŤĺć§ă§ăăăăăĺć§ăŽé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻăăŽčŞŹćăççĽăăă (Fourth embodiment)
Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first to third embodiments. The fourth embodiment is different from the first to third embodiments in that a garnish and a seal member for preventing rainwater from entering theback door 15 are added. Since the rod mechanism and other configurations are basically the same as those in the first embodiment, the description of the same parts is omitted.
ă揥ăŤăćŹçşćăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăä¸č¨çŹŹďźď˝çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ăŽç¸éçšăä¸ĺżăŤĺłé˘ăŤĺžăŁăŚčŞŹćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ Ľăé˛ć˘ăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽĺăłăˇăźăŤé¨ćăčż˝ĺ ăăçšă珏ďźď˝çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăăăăćŠć§ĺăłăăŽäťăŽć§ćăŻçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺşćŹçăŤĺć§ă§ăăăăăĺć§ăŽé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻăăŽčŞŹćăççĽăăă (Fourth embodiment)
Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings with a focus on differences from the first to third embodiments. The fourth embodiment is different from the first to third embodiments in that a garnish and a seal member for preventing rainwater from entering the
ăĺłďźďźĄĺăłďź˘ăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŤĺŻžăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŽéŁçľçść
ă示ă樥ĺźĺ´é˘ĺłă§ăăăĺłďźďźĄăŤăăăŚăĺŽçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŽă¨ăăŽă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă示ăăäşçšéçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăŽă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă示ăăĺłďźďź˘ăŤăăăŚăĺŽçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŽă¨ăăŽă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă示ăăäşçšéçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŽă¨ăăŽă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă示ăă
FIGS. 8A and 8B are schematic side views showing a connection state of the upper part of the lower door 17 with respect to the lower part of the upper door 16. 8A, the solid line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed, and the two-dot chain line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is half open. In FIG. 8B, the solid line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is in the half-open state, and the two-dot chain line indicates the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is in the fully open state.
ăĺłďźďźĄăŤĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăŤé
罎ăăăăăăŞăźăăźăŠăăăăăŚăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŽăăĄăéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăć§ćăăé¨ĺăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŽĺ
獯ă¨ăŽĺš˛ć¸ăéżăăăăăŤćăä¸é¨ĺžćšă¸ĺăăŁăŚĺťśăłăŚăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŤăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŤăăŁăŚčťä¸Ąĺ
ĺ´ăŤĺšă掾é¨ďźďźă形ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŤăŻééďźłăĺĺ¨ăăŚăăă
8A, the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 are over so that the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 is disposed outside the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed. Wrapped. Of the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16, the portion constituting the connecting side end portion 16 c extends obliquely downward and rearward so as to avoid interference with the tip of the connecting side end portion 17 c of the lower door 17. A stepped portion 78 that is recessed toward the vehicle inner side by an outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 is formed at the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17, and the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 and the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 are connected to each other. There is a gap S between them.
ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŽćŽľé¨ďźďźăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăé˘ăŤăă´ă 製ăŽăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăĺşçăăăŚăăăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăťăłăżăăłă¸ďźďźăŽä¸ĺżăăăćăĺžćšä¸ĺ´ăŤä˝ç˝Žăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŽĺ
獯é¨ďź´ďźăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŤĺŻçăăŚăăăăăăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺš
ćšĺçĽĺ
¨ä˝ăŤäşăŁăŚĺťśăłăĺłç¤şăăŞă严獯é¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺˇŚĺłä¸ĄçŤŻăžă§éăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăĺš
ćšĺăŤçĽĺ
¨éˇăŤäşăŁăŚćĺśăăă
A rubber seal member T is fixed to the step 78 of the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 on the surface facing the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed. The seal member T is positioned obliquely rearward and lower than the center of the center hinge 18 in the fully closed state of the back door 15, and the tip portion T1 of the seal member T is in close contact with the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16. The seal member T extends over substantially the entire width of the lower door 17, and both end portions (not shown) reach the left and right ends of the lower door 17. Therefore, the sealing member T suppresses the intrusion of rainwater into the back door 15 over the substantially entire length in the width direction when the back door 15 is fully closed.
ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŽĺžé˘ăŤăŻăĺłç¤şăăŞăçˇ çľć掾ăŤăăŁăŚçĽĺšłćżçśăŽăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăĺşĺŽăăăăăŽćŽľé¨ďźľă形ćăăăŚăăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺš
ćšĺĺ
¨ä˝ăŤäşăŁăŚĺťśăłăă¨ă¨ăăŤăçććšĺăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăĺ¤ĺ´ăŤçŞĺşăăŚăăăăăŞăăĄăĺłďźďźĄăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ĺăłă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺłďźďźĄăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăăĺłďźďź˘ăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŻăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽćŽľé¨ďźďźă¨ăŤăăŁăŚĺ˝˘ćăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺš
ćšĺăŤĺťśăłăćşçśé¨ĺăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăă
On the rear surface of the outer panel 75 of the upper door 16, a stepped portion U for fixing a substantially flat garnish 79 by fastening means (not shown) is formed. The garnish 79 extends over the entire width direction of the upper door 16, and the end portion 79 a in the short-side direction protrudes outward from the connecting side end portion 16 c of the upper door 16. That is, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 8A, the end 79a of the garnish 79 is positioned below the connecting-side end 16c of the seal member T and the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed. As shown by the two-dot chain line, the back door 15 is located behind the seal member T in the half-open state. 8B, when the back door 15 is fully opened, the end 79a of the garnish 79 is a groove formed by the seal member T and the step 78 of the lower door 17 and extending in the width direction of the lower door 17. It is comprised so that it may be located above a part.
ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŤééăčĄăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŤĺŻçăăŚăăăé¨ĺ¤ŠćăŤăé¨ć°´ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăă¤ăăŁăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľ¸ĺ
Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśăăă
The back door 15 of the fourth embodiment is opened and closed in the same manner as the back door 15 of the first embodiment. In the fully closed state of the back door 15, the seal member T is in close contact with the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 and prevents rainwater from entering the inner side of the back door 15 through the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16 when it rains. To do.
ăĺłďźďź˘ăŽĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ă§ăŻăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăăé˘éăăŚăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ăŽéăŤăŻééďźśă形ćăăăăăăăăăăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽć§ćă§ăŻăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăçŹ ă¨ăăŚćŠč˝ăăăă¤ăžăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăĺ¤ĺ´ăŤçŞĺşăăŚăăăăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŤăăééďźśăŽä¸ćšăčŚăăăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŤăăéŽăăăé¨ć°´ăŻăĺłďźďź˘ăŽĺŽçˇç˘ĺ°ă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăă¤ăăŁăŚä¸ćšăŤč˝ăĄăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăé¨ć°´ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŽééďźśăéăŁăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľ¸ĺ
Ľăăăă¨ăŻćĺśăăăă
As shown by the solid line in FIG. 8B, when the back door 15 is in the half-open state, the sealing member T is separated from the inner panel 74 of the upper door 16, and the connection side end 16 c of the upper door 16 and the connection side end 17 c of the lower door 17. A gap V is formed between the two. However, in the configuration of the fourth embodiment, the garnish 79 functions as a shade. That is, the garnish 79 is positioned above the seal member T, and the end 79a of the garnish 79 protrudes outward from the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16, so that the upper portion of the gap V is covered by the garnish 79. The rainwater blocked by the garnish 79 falls downward through the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 as shown by the solid line arrow in FIG. 8B. Accordingly, in the half-open state of the back door 15, rainwater is prevented from entering the back door 15 through the gap V between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17.
ăĺłďźďź˘ăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŻăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ă¨ćŽľé¨ďźďźă¨ăŤăăŁăŚĺ˝˘ćăăăćşçśé¨ĺăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăăĺłďźďź˘ăŽç ´çˇç˘ĺ°ă§ç¤şăăăăŤăé¨ĺ¤ŠćăŤăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽćŽľé¨ďźďźăŤé¨ć°´ăč˝ä¸ăăă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽćŽľé¨ďźďźăŤč˝ä¸ăăé¨ć°´ăŻăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŤăăŁăŚĺ °ăć˘ăăăăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľăčžźăăă¨ăŻé˛ć˘ăăăăăăăŚă掾é¨ďźďźă¨ĺ
ąăŤćşçśé¨ĺăăŞăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăé¨ăŠăă¨ăăŚćŠč˝ăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŤéăŁăé¨ć°´ăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺˇŚĺłä¸Ąĺ´çŤŻăžă§ĺ°ăăăŚčťä¸ĄăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăŤćĺşăăăă
As shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 8B, when the back door 15 shifts from the half-open state to the full-open state, the end 79a of the garnish 79 is positioned above the groove-shaped portion formed by the seal member T and the stepped portion 78. To do. 8B, when rainwater falls on the step 78 of the lower door 17 during rainy weather, the rainwater that has dropped on the step 78 of the lower door 17 is blocked by the seal member T, and is back from the seal member T. It is prevented from flowing into the door 15. The sealing member T that forms a groove-shaped portion together with the step 78 functions as a rain gutter, and the rainwater that has fallen on the connecting side end 17c of the lower door 17 is guided to the left and right ends of the lower door 17 to the outside of the vehicle. Discharged.
ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăŻăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăĺšćďźďźďźď˝ďźďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŽĺšćăŽäťăŤă揥ăŽĺšćăćăăă
ăďźďźďźďźă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăĺ¤ĺ´ăŤçŞĺşăăŚăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść ăŤăăăŚăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŻăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăé¨ĺ¤ŠćăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăŤăăĺ ´ĺăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŤăăŁăŚé¨ć°´ăéŽăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ăŤé¨ć°´ăćľ¸ĺ Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăăăăŽçľćăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ăŽĺ čŁ ăé¨ĺă濥ăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăéăŤĺ čŁ ăŤćĽč§ŚăăăăăŤç˝ŽăăăčˇçŠăéćĽçăŤćżĄăăŚăăžăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăă The fourth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the effects (1) to (7) of the first embodiment.
(13) Theend 79 a of the garnish 79 provided on the upper door 16 protrudes outward from the connecting side end 16 c of the upper door 16. In the half-open state of the back door 15, the garnish 79 is located above the seal member T, and the end 79 a is located behind the seal member T in the vehicle. Accordingly, when the back door 15 is in a half-open state during rainy weather, rain water can be blocked by the garnish 79, so that it is possible to prevent rain water from entering the back door 15. As a result, since the interior and components inside the back door 15 can be prevented from getting wet, it is possible to prevent the luggage placed so as to contact the interior when the back door 15 is closed from being indirectly wet.
ăďźďźďźďźă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăĺ¤ĺ´ăŤçŞĺşăăŚăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść ăŤăăăŚăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŻăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăé¨ĺ¤ŠćăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăŤăăĺ ´ĺăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŤăăŁăŚé¨ć°´ăéŽăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ăŤé¨ć°´ăćľ¸ĺ Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăăăăŽçľćăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ĺ´ăŽĺ čŁ ăé¨ĺă濥ăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăéăŤĺ čŁ ăŤćĽč§ŚăăăăăŤç˝ŽăăăčˇçŠăéćĽçăŤćżĄăăŚăăžăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăă The fourth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the effects (1) to (7) of the first embodiment.
(13) The
ăďźďźďźďźăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŽďźĄď˝ć´žăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăé˘ăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăŻăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤĺ˝˘ćăăă掾é¨ďźďźă¨ăćşçśé¨ĺă形ćăăăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŻăé¨ăŠăăŽĺŁă¨ăăŚćŠč˝ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăé¨ć°´ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľ¸ĺ
Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăăăăŽçľćăé¨ĺ¤ŠćăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźä¸ăŽĺşăăšăăźăšă§ăŽčˇăŽçŠăżéăăä˝ćĽăĺŻč˝ă¨ăŞăă
(14) The seal member T is provided on a surface of the outer panel 77 of the lower door 17 facing the inner panel 74 of the Ap group lower 16 in the fully closed state. When the back door 15 is fully opened, the seal member T and the stepped portion 78 formed on the lower door 17 form a groove-like portion. The seal member T functions as a gutter wall, and can prevent rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is fully opened. As a result, even when it rains, the back door 15 is fully opened, and loading and unloading work in a wide space under the back door 15 becomes possible.
ăďźďźďźďźăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăĺťśéˇăăăă¨ă§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăééďźśăŤé¨ć°´ăĺ
Ľăčžźăăă¨ăćĺśăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ăŽć˘ĺăŽć§ćé¨ĺă§ăăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăç¨ăăăăăé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ăăăăŽĺĽăŽé¨ćăăăăŻăă˘ăŽć§ćé¨ĺă¨ăŻĺĽăŤč¨ăăĺ ´ĺăŤćŻăšăŚăé¨ĺçšć°ăŽĺ˘ĺ ăćĺśă§ăăăăăŽçľćăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽć§é ăč¤éăŤăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăé¨ć°´ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľ¸ĺ
Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśă§ăăă
(15) By extending the end 79a of the garnish 79, rainwater is prevented from entering the gap V when the back door 15 is in the half-open state. Therefore, since the garnish 79 which is an existing component of the back door is used, an increase in the number of components can be suppressed as compared with a case where another member for preventing intrusion of rainwater is provided separately from the component of the back door. . As a result, the rainwater can be prevented from entering the back door 15 in the half-open state of the back door 15 without complicating the structure of the back door 15.
ăďźďźďźďźăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ć˘ăăć掾ă¨ăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźĺ
¨éćăŽćś˛ĺŻć§ă確äżăăăăăŤč¨ăăăăć˘ĺăŽăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăç¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽé¨ĺçšć°ăĺ˘ĺ ăăăăŤăé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(16) An existing seal member T provided to ensure liquid tightness when the back door 15 is fully closed is used as a means for preventing rainwater from entering when the back door 15 is fully open. Therefore, it is possible to prevent rainwater from entering without increasing the number of parts of the back door 15.
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ă䝼ä¸ăćŹçşćăăăăŻăă˘ăŽăăăć§é ăŤĺ ˇä˝ĺăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăĺłďźď˝ĺłďźďźăŤăăăăŁăŚčŞŹćăăă (Fifth embodiment)
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment in which the present invention is embodied in a back door rod structure will be described with reference to FIGS.
ă䝼ä¸ăćŹçşćăăăăŻăă˘ăŽăăăć§é ăŤĺ ˇä˝ĺăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăĺłďźď˝ĺłďźďźăŤăăăăŁăŚčŞŹćăăă (Fifth embodiment)
Hereinafter, a fifth embodiment in which the present invention is embodied in a back door rod structure will be described with reference to FIGS.
ăĺłďźăŤç¤şăăăăŤă珏ďźăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻă珏ďźăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă¨ĺć§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăăčťä˝ďźďźăŽăŤăźăďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺˇŚĺłä¸ĺŻžăŽăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŤďźĺĺ˛ăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ă¨ăä¸ĺŻžăŽăăłă¸ďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤é˘ăŤăŻăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăč¨ăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻă¨čťä˝ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻĺłç¤şăăŞăĺ
ŹçĽăŽăăăŻčŁ
罎ăč¨ăăăăŚăăă
As shown in FIG. 9, in the fifth embodiment, the back door 15 is rotatably supported on the rear portion of the roof 13 of the vehicle body 11 via a pair of left and right hinges 14 as in the first embodiment. Yes. The back door 15 is divided into an upper door 16 and a lower door 17, and a lower portion of the upper door 16 and an upper portion of the lower door 17 are rotatably connected via a pair of hinges 18. In this embodiment, the length of the upper door 16 in the vertical direction is longer than the length of the lower door 17 in the vertical direction. A handle 17 a is provided on the outer surface of the lower door 17, and a known lock device (not shown) is provided between the lower end of the lower door 17 and the vehicle body 11.
ăčťä˝ďźďźăŽăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤăăăä¸é¨äťčżă¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăŻăăăăćŠć§ďźďźă¨ăăŚăŽäź¸ç¸Žăăăďźďźďźă塌ĺłä¸ĺŻžč¨ăăăăŚăăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŻĺşçŤŻăăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźĺ´ăŤăĺ
獯ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźĺ´ăŤăăăăĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤä¸ćăăăŚéćžăăăăăăŤă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŽé
č¨ä˝ç˝Žăč¨ĺŽăăăŚăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăŚééăăăéăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăĺłăĄăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽç§ťĺčťčˇĄăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŽäź¸éˇçść
ă¨ĺ縎çść
ă§ç°ăŞăăăăŤăŞăŁăŚăăă
A pair of left and right telescopic rods 119 as a rod mechanism 20 are provided between the vicinity of the upper part of the rear portion of the side frame 12 of the vehicle body 11 and the lower door 17. The telescopic rod 119 is pivotally connected to the side frame 12 side at the proximal end and to the lower door 17 side at the distal end. In the back door 15, the disposition position of the telescopic rod 119 is set so that the connecting portion between the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 is folded and opened so that the connecting portion protrudes outward from the vehicle body. The back door 15 is rotated about the hinge 14 so that the lower end of the back door 15, that is, the lower end of the lower door 17, moves differently between the extended state and the contracted state of the telescopic rod 119. It has become.
ăĺłďźďźďźĄďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŻăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźĺăłĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺ蝸ä¸ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŞĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă§ć§ćăăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ĺăłăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤĺŻžĺżăăĺ縎çść
ă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤĺŻžĺżăă䟸éˇçść
ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăäşăăŤéŁçľăăă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ĺăłçŹŹďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăĺăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăćĺşĺççśăŽăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźă¨ăăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźăŽĺşé¨ăăçŞč¨ăăăăăăé¨ďźďźďźď˝ă¨ăćăăăăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźĺ
ăŽĺşé¨äťčżăŤăŻăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽĺşé¨ăăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźăŽĺşé¨ă¨ĺŻžĺăăçść
ă§ĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŻă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽăăšăăłăăăă§ć§ćăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŻă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăăăŽçŹŹďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŽçŞĺşéăŽçŻĺ˛ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ă§ăăăĺłăĄăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŻăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇăăăăăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ăć§ćăăă
As shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B, the telescopic rod 119 includes a telescopic rod main body 120 including a fixed side member 121 and a movable side member 122 that is coaxial with the fixed side member 121 and movable in the axial direction. 15 is configured to be extendable between a contracted state corresponding to the fully closed state of 15 and the half-opened state of the back door 15 and an extended state corresponding to the fully open state of the back door 15. The stationary member 121 includes a first rod 121a and a second rod 121b that are connected to each other. The movable side member 122 includes a bottomed cylindrical housing 123 and a rod portion 123 a protruding from the bottom of the housing 123. Near the bottom of the housing 123, an air damper 124 is fixed in a state where the bottom of the air damper 124 faces the bottom of the housing 123. The second rod 121b of the fixed member 121 is constituted by a piston rod of the air damper 124, and the movable member 122 is movable in the axial direction within the range of the protruding amount of the second rod 121b from the air damper 124. That is, the air damper 124 is provided between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122 and constitutes a biasing unit that biases the movable side member 122 to extend.
ăĺłďźďźĺăłĺłďźďźăŤç¤şăăăăŤă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŽĺşçŤŻăŻăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŤćŻčť¸ďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăćŻćăăŠăąăăďźďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇçść
ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŻćŠć§ăć§ćăăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤă秝ĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăă
As shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the base end of the first rod 121a is fixed to a support bracket 127 that is rotatably supported by a support base 125 via a support shaft 126. The fixed member 121 is provided with switching means 128 that switches between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be in an extended state. When the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position, the support base 125 constituting the locking mechanism is engaged with the switching means 128 during the movement and the switching means 128 is locked. Reset means 129 for switching to is provided.
ăĺłďźďźĺăłĺłďźďźďźŁăŤç¤şăăăăŤă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŽĺşçŤŻĺ´ăĺłăĄĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺşçŤŻĺ´ăŤăŻăççśăŽĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺĺŻč˝ăă¤čť¸ćšĺăŤćĺŽçŻĺ˛ă§ç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎ĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăéăŤĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăĺĺé¨ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚćĺŽč§ĺşŚďźăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻďźďźĺşŚďźăă¤ä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤĺĺăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤé
罎ăăăă
As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11C, a cylindrical rotating member 130 is rotatable and movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction on the proximal end side of the first rod 121a, that is, on the proximal end side of the fixed member 121. Is provided. When the movable member 122 moves to the contraction side, the rotating member 130 engages with a rotating portion 131 provided on the movable member 122 and rotates in a fixed direction by a predetermined angle (60 degrees in this embodiment). The lock position for restricting the movement of the movable member 122 and the unlock position for allowing the movement of the movable member 122 are alternately arranged.
ăĺĺé¨ďźďźďźăŻăĺç°çśăă¤çŹŹďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŤć˛żăŁăŚćşĺĺŻč˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźăŽéćžçŤŻé¨ăŤĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăĺĺé¨ďźďźďźăŻăăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźăŤĺşĺŽăăăĺ´ă¨ĺ寞ĺ´ăŽçŤŻé˘ăŤĺąąé¨ďźďźďźď˝ăćĺŽč§ĺşŚééă§é
罎ăăăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăćăăăĺłďźďźďź¤ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăŻĺąąé¨ďźďźďźď˝ăďźĺăďźďźĺşŚééă§é
罎ăăăŚăăăăžăăăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźăŽéćžçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻĺĺé¨ďźďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺžăă大ăăŞĺ
ĺžăćăăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźăă芲ĺçé¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ
獯ăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăăćŻćăăŠăąăăďźďźďźăŽčżăăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ
獯ăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤăŻăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăďźĺăŽäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźăĺ¨ćšĺăŤďźďźďźĺşŚééă§é
罎ăăăŚăăă
The rotating part 131 is formed in an annular shape and slidable along the first rod 121 a and is fixed to the open end of the housing 123. The rotating part 131 has a cam part 132 in which peak parts 132a are arranged at predetermined angular intervals on the end surface opposite to the side fixed to the housing 123. As shown in FIG. 14D, the cam portion 132 has six peak portions 132a arranged at intervals of 60 degrees. A cylindrical member 133 having an inner diameter larger than the outer diameter of the rotating part 131 is provided at the open end of the housing 123 so that the tip of the cylindrical member 133 protrudes from the cam part 132 closer to the support bracket 127. ing. Inside the tip of the cylindrical member 133, as shown in FIG. 14B, three locking portions 134 are arranged at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction.
ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽăŤă é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăă珏ďźçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞé¸ćŻçśăŽăŤă ďźďźďźă形ćăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻă珏ďźçŤŻé¨ă¨ĺŻžĺăă珏ďźçŤŻăŤč¨ăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăŤăăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŽäź¸éˇćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăăŚăăăăŤă ďźďźďźăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăŤăăćźĺ§ĺăĺăăă¨ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤćĺŽč§ĺşŚďźăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻĺłďźďźăŽç˘ĺ°ďźŤćšĺăŤďźďźĺşŚďźĺĺăăă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽä¸éé¨ăŤăŻăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč˛Ťéăăăçść
ă§č¨ăăăăŚăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚç¸ĺŻžĺĺĺŻč˝ăă¤ćşĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŤéŁçľăăăŚăăă
A sawtooth cam 135 that can be engaged with the cam portion 132 is formed at a first end portion of the rotating member 130 that faces the cam portion 132, and the rotating member 130 is formed at a second end that faces the first end portion. The provided spring 136 biases the telescopic rod body 120 in the extending direction. The cam 135 is formed in such a shape that when the pressing force is received by the cam portion 132 of the movable side member 122, the rotating member 130 is rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle (in this embodiment, 60 degrees in the direction of arrow K in FIG. 90). Has been. A reset member 137 is provided in the middle of the rotating member 130 so as to penetrate the rotating member 130. The reset member 137 is provided so as to be rotatable and slidable relative to the rotating member 130, and is connected to the rotating member 130 via a torsion spring 138.
ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŤăŻăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăŤă ďźďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ăăăă¨ăŤăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ä¸č˝ăŞă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤé
罎ăăăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤăăăŚăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ
é¨ăŤé
罎ăăăä˝ç˝ŽăŤăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺżăăć°ďźăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻďźĺďźăŽäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽä¸ĺćŻăŽĺĺč§ĺşŚăŽďźĺăŽăăăďźăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻďźďźďźĺşŚăăăďźă§çŞč¨ăăăŚăăăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźĺ
ă§äżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăçść
ă§ăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăä˝ç¨ăăŚăăăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăçść
ďźăăăŻçść
ďźăŤäżćăăăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăŞăçść
ă§ăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŻă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺă§äź¸éˇĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăĺŻč˝ăŞçść
ďźă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ďźăŤäżćăăăă
The rotating member 130 includes a locking position that restricts the movement of the movable side member 122 by engaging with a locking part 134 provided on the movable side member 122 between the reset member 137 and the cam 135, and a locking part. Locking projections 139 are provided alternately arranged at 134 and the unlock position where locking is impossible. When the telescopic rod main body 120 is in the contracted state, a number (three in this embodiment) of locking projections 139 corresponding to the locking portions 134 are provided at positions where they are arranged inside the cylindrical member 133. The locking projections 139 are projected at a pitch twice as large as the rotation angle of each rotation member 130 (120 ° pitch in this embodiment). In a state where the locking convex portion 139 faces the locking portion 134 in the cylindrical member 133, even when the urging force of the air damper 124 acts on the movable side member 122, the movement thereof is held in a restricted state (locked state). In a state where the locking projection 139 does not face the locking portion 134, the movable side member 122 is held in a state (unlocked) in which the movable side member 122 can move to the extension side by the urging force of the air damper 124.
ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăćăă§ăŤă ďźďźďźă¨ĺ寞ĺ´çŤŻé¨ăŤăŻăćĺŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ďźďźďźă¨ĺăżĺăŁăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺč¨ä¸ĺŽćšĺăŽĺ蝢ćšĺă¨éćšĺă¸ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăŽă¤é¨ďźďźďźă形ćăăăŚăăăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ďźďźďźăŻăćŻćăăŠăąăăďźďźďźăŤĺşĺŽăăăăăŁăăŤçśăŽăăŠăąăăďźďźďźăŤĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăă°ăďźďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăăăŽă¤é¨ďźďźďźăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăçść
ăŤäżćăăăŚăăăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻăăŽă¤é¨ďźďźďźăŻăăŤă ďźďźďźă¨ĺă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăŤă ďźďźďźă¨ĺăä˝ç˝Žé˘äżă§ĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ¨ćšĺăŤé
罎ăăăŚăăăĺłăĄăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźĺăłăŤă ďźďźďźăŽä˝ç¨ăŤăăä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤďźďźĺşŚăă¤ĺĺăăăéćšĺă¸ăŽĺ蝢ăä¸č˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăă
At the end of the rotating member 130 opposite to the cam 135 with the reset member 137 interposed therebetween, the rotating member 130 meshes with a fixed gear 140 disposed at a predetermined position to restrict the rotating member 130 from rotating in the direction opposite to the rotation direction. A gear portion 141 is formed. The fixed gear 140 is fixed to a channel-shaped bracket 142 fixed to the support bracket 127. The rotating member 130 is held in a state where the gear portion 141 is engaged with the fixed gear 140 by the biasing force of the spring 136. In this embodiment, the gear portion 141 is formed in the same shape as the cam 135 and is arranged in the circumferential direction of the rotating member 130 in the same positional relationship as the cam 135. In other words, the rotating member 130 is rotated by 60 degrees in a fixed direction by the action of the cam portion 132 and the cam 135, and cannot be rotated in the reverse direction.
ăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăăăă°ăďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢ĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăŽĺĺăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă犺蝢ăăăăă¨ăĺŻč˝ăŞĺĺ䝼ä¸ăŽĺ¤§ăăăŤč¨ĺŽăăăŚăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽä¸ĺćŻăŽĺĺč§ĺşŚďźćĺŽč§ĺşŚďźăŽďźĺăŽăăăă§äżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăçŞč¨ăăăŚăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăă°ăďźďźďźăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇçść
ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăć§ćăăă
The reset member 137 is rotatably connected to the rotating member 130 via the torsion spring 138, and the reaction force of the torsion spring 138 is set to be larger than the reaction force capable of causing the rotation member 130 to idle. . On the reset member 137, engagement convex portions 143 project from the rotation member 130 at a pitch twice as large as the rotation angle (predetermined angle) for each rotation. The rotating member 130, the spring 136, and the reset member 137 constitute a switching unit 128 that switches between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be extended. To do.
ăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăŻăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăéăŤăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŽäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺĺćšĺă¸ćĺŽč§ĺşŚďźďźďźĺşŚďźĺĺăăăă
The reset means 129 provided on the support base 125 is an engagement convex portion of the reset member 137 in the unlocked position when the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position. 143 is engaged, and the reset member 137 is rotated by a predetermined angle (60 degrees) in the rotating direction of the rotating member 130.
ăĺč¨ăŽăăăŤć§ćăăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăčťä˝ďźďźăŤăăŤăďźďźďźĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤĺłç¤şďźă§ĺşĺŽăăăăăăé¨ďźďźďźď˝ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤĺłç¤şăăŞăăăŠăąăăĺăłăăłă¸ăäťăăŚĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤĺşĺŽăăăăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŻăĺłďźăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚäź¸ç¸ŽăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ă§ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăťăźĺšłčĄăŤä¸ćšăŤĺăăŁăŚĺťśăłăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚäź¸ç¸ŽăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ă§ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăťăźĺšłčĄăŤćăä¸ĺăŤĺăăŁăŚĺťśăłăä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăăžăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăťăźĺšłčĄăŤäź¸éˇçść
ă§ĺťśăłăă
In the telescopic rod body 120 configured as described above, the support base 125 is fixed to the vehicle body 11 with bolts 44 (shown in FIG. 11B), and the rod portion 123a can be rotated to the lower door 17 via a bracket and a hinge (not shown). Fixed to. As shown in FIG. 9, the support base 125 extends downward substantially parallel to the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully closed when the back door 15 is fully closed. The main body 120 is fixed in a contracted state at a position extending obliquely upward substantially parallel to the upper door 16. Further, the telescopic rod body 120 extends in an extended state substantially parallel to the upper door 16 when the back door 15 is fully opened.
ă揥ăŤă䝼ä¸ăŽăăăŤć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăŽä˝ç¨ăŤă¤ăăŚčŞŹćăăă
ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďźĄă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďź˘ă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ă¨ăŤăăăŚăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăžăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďźŁă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ăŤăăăŚăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻäź¸éˇçść ăŤäżćăăăă Next, the operation of the support device for theback door 15 configured as described above will be described.
In the fully closed state, that is, the state where theback door 15 is disposed at the position indicated by A in FIG. 9 and the back door 15 is in the half-open state, that is, the state indicated by B in FIG. 120 is held in a contracted state. Further, when the back door 15 is in a fully opened state, that is, in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at a position indicated by C in FIG.
ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďźĄă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďź˘ă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ă¨ăŤăăăŚăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăžăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăĺłăĄĺłďźăŤďźŁă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăçść ăŤăăăŚăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŻäź¸éˇçść ăŤäżćăăăă Next, the operation of the support device for the
In the fully closed state, that is, the state where the
ă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ă§ăŻăĺłďźďźăŤç¤şăăăăŤăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤä˝ç˝Žăăăăžăăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨ăŽé˘äżăŻăĺłďźďźďź˘ĺăłĺłďźďźďźĽăŤç¤şăăăăŤăäşăăŤä¸č´ăăçść
ă§ăăăăăŽçść
ă§ăŻă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚäź¸éˇĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăăćšĺăŽäťĺ˘ĺăä˝ç¨ăăŚăăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăŚĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăă
In the state in which the telescopic rod main body 120 is disposed in the contracted state, as shown in FIG. 11, the locking projection 139 of the rotating member 130 is positioned inside the cylindrical member 133. Further, the relationship between the locking portion 134 and the locking projection 139 is in a state where they coincide with each other, as shown in FIGS. 14B and 14E. In this state, even if an urging force in the direction of moving from the air damper 124 to the movable side member 122 is applied to the extending side, the locking portion 134 comes into contact with the locking projection 139 and the movable side member 122 is moved. It is regulated and held in a contracted state.
ăăăăăŁăŚăĺłç¤şăăŞăăă˘ăăăŻčŁ
罎ă解é¤ăăŚăăăłăăŤďźďźď˝ăćăŁăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŤéćžĺ´ă¸ç§ťĺăăăĺăĺ ăăă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŻăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤăăŚäź¸ç¸ŽăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźĺăłă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăčŚĺśăăăçść
ă§ĺĺăăăĺéä˝ç˝Žăžă§ĺĺăăăăăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŽčťčˇĄăŻĺłďźăŤďźŹďźă§ç¤şăć˛çˇăŤăŞăă
Therefore, when the door lock device (not shown) is released and the handle 17a is held and a force for moving the back door 15 to the open side is applied, the upper door 16 rotates about the hinge 14 and the lower door 17 It is rotated in a state regulated by the positions of the telescopic rod main body 120 and the upper door 16 about the center, and is rotated to the half-open position. And the locus | trajectory of the lower end of the lower door 17 becomes a curve shown by L1 in FIG.
ăĺéçść
ăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăć´ăŤéćžăăăŤăŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎ćšĺă¸ç§ťĺăăăćšĺăŽĺăăăŞăăĄăĺłďźďźďźŁăŽçść
ăŤăăăŚĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤĺˇŚćšĺă¸ç§ťĺăăăĺăĺ ăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤĺłďźďźďźŁăŽçść
ăŤăăăŚĺˇŚćšĺă¸ăŽĺăĺ ăăăăă¨ăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺ
ąăŤăăŚă¸ăłă°ďźďźďźă塌ćšĺăŤç§ťĺăăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăăŤă ďźďźďźăćźĺ§ăăăŤă ďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăăŽă¤é¨ďźďźďźă¨ĺşĺŽăŽă¤ďźďźďźă¨ăŽäżĺçść
ăďźăăăăăăćšĺăŤĺĺăăăăăăŽçľćăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨ăŽé˘äżăŻăĺłďźďźďź˘ĺăłĺłďźďźďźŁăŤç¤şăăăăŤăäşăăŤĺŻžĺăăŞăçść
ă¨ăŞăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇćšĺă¸ç§ťĺăăăă¨ăĺŻč˝ăŤăŞăăĺłăĄăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŤăŞăă
In order to further open the back door 15 in the half-open state, the force in the direction of moving the movable side member 122 in the contracting direction with respect to the lower door 17, that is, the force of moving the movable side member 122 leftward in the state of FIG. Add When a leftward force is applied to the movable member 122 in the state of FIG. 11C, the housing 123 moves to the left together with the cylindrical member 133, the cam portion 132 presses the cam 135, and the rotating member is interposed via the cam 135. 130 is rotated in a direction in which the engagement state between the gear portion 141 and the fixed gear 140 is shifted by one pitch. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 14B and 14C, the relationship between the locking portion 134 and the locking projection 139 is not opposed to each other, and the movable member 122 can move in the extending direction. That is, the switching means 128 is unlocked.
ăăăăăŁăŚăĺłďźăŤďź˘ă§ç¤şăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăćźĺ§ăăŚĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎ăăăĺăĺ ăăĺžăćźĺ§ă解é¤ăăă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŻă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăă䟸éˇĺ´ă¸ç§ťĺăăăăăŽçľćăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤä¸ćšă¸ĺĺăăăŚăĺłďźăŤďźŁă§ç¤şăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťĺăăă
Therefore, in the half-opened state of the back door 15 shown by B in FIG. 9, when the pressure is released after the lower door 17 is pressed and the movable side member 122 is contracted, the movable side member 122 is attached to the air damper 124. It moves to the extension side by force. As a result, the lower door 17 is rotated upward about the hinge 18 and moved to a fully open state indicated by C in FIG.
ăéćžçść
ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăĺ ´ĺăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă§ăăă°ăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ăŤă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤăăăăäżćăăăĺłďźăŽďź˘ăŽçść
ăăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăćŻčť¸ďźďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăăăłă¸ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăŚĺ
¨éä˝ç˝Žăžă§ç§ťĺăăă
When closing the back door 15 from the open state, if the back door 15 is in the half open state, the switching means 128 is held in the locked state, and the telescopic rod main body 120 is held in the contracted state. The main body 120 is rotated about the support shaft 126, and the upper door 16 is rotated about the hinge 14 to move to the fully closed position.
ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăä¸ćšă¸ç§ťĺăăăă¨ăĺăŽĺ
ĽăćšăŤăăŁăŚăŻăĺéçść
ăçľçąăăăŤăç´ćĽĺ
¨éä˝ç˝Žăžă§ç§ťĺăăăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăć§ćăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺ¨ăăŞăĺ ´ĺăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŽĺ縎éä¸ă§ĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźĺ
ăŤäžľĺ
Ľăăĺ
¨éçść
ă§ăŻäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăĺçé¨ćďźďźďźĺ
ăŤä˝ç˝Žăăăăăăăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝Žăžă§ç§ťĺăăéăŤăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺăăăĺăĺ ăăĺż
čŚăăŞăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăŞăŁăŚăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŽăžăžă¨ăŞăăăăŽăăă揥ăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéćžăăĺ ´ĺăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤĺŻžăăŚă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăčŚĺśăăăăŤĺ ăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ
¨éçść
ăăéăăĺ ´ĺăŽčťčˇĄďźŹďźă§éćžăăăăăăŽăăăçăĺ ´ćă§éćžăăă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăĺžćšăŽĺŁé˘ăé厳çŠăŤĺ˝ćĽăăŚĺˇă¤ăčăăăă
When the lower door 17 is moved downward from the fully open state, the lower door 17 moves directly to the fully closed position without going through the half open state depending on how the force is applied. When the reset member 137 constituting the switching means 128 is not present, the first end of the rotating member 130 enters the cylindrical member 133 during the contraction of the telescopic rod body 120, and the locking convex portion 139 is also a cylinder in the fully closed state. Located in member 133. However, since the movable member 122 does not need to apply a force to rotate the rotating member 130 while moving to the fully closed position, the rotating member 130 is unlocked even when the back door 15 is fully closed. Will remain. Therefore, when the back door 15 is opened next, the urging force of the air damper 124 is applied to the movable side member 122 without being restricted, and the back door 15 is opened along a locus L2 when the fully closed state is closed. Therefore, if it opens in the narrow place, there exists a possibility that the lower end of the back door 15 may contact | abut and damage a back wall surface and an obstruction.
ăăăăăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ă§ăŻăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăŻăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăĺăăŚăăăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŤăŻăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăŻăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤă秝ĺéä¸ă§ăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăă
However, in this embodiment, the switching means 128 includes the reset member 137 and the support base 125 is provided with the reset means 129. When the switching unit 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position, the reset unit 129 engages with the reset member 137 during the movement and switches the switching unit 128 to the locked state.
ă芳述ăăă¨ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ăŤăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨ăŽé˘äżăŻĺłďźďźďźĄăŤç¤şăçść
ă¨ăŞăăä¸ćšăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝Žăăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăăžă ăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŞăçść
ăĺłăĄăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăçść
ă§ăŻăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤéçˇă§ç¤şăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤăăăŚăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺ
ąăŤăćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŽä¸ćšăă秝ĺăăŚćĽăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ă§ăăă°äżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŻăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨ĺš˛ć¸ăăăŤĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝Žăžă§ç§ťĺăăăăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ç§ťĺăăŚćĽăă¨ă秝ĺéä¸ă§äżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤăăăä¸ćšă¸ăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăăăŚă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ăŽç§ťĺăŤäź´ăŁăŚăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŽĺćč¨ćšĺăŤďźďźĺşŚĺĺăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨éŁçľăăăŚăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨čť¸ćšĺăŤăăăŚĺăä˝ç˝Žé˘äżăŤăăăăăŽăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺăăă¨ăăăă°ăďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăďźďźĺşŚĺĺăăăŚăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźă¨ă寞ĺăăĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăŞăăĺłăĄăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăĺĺ¨ăăŞăăă°ăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻéçˇă§ç¤şăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŽăžăžĺ
¨éä˝ç˝Žăžă§ç§ťĺăăăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăĺĺ¨ăăăă¨ăŤăăĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŻä˝ç˝ŽăŤç˘şĺŽăŤĺĺăăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéćžăăăĺ ´ĺăŻăĺż
ă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăçść
ă§ĺéçść
ăžă§éćžăăăă
More specifically, the relationship between the reset member 137 and the reset means 129 in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at the fully closed position is as shown in FIG. 13A. On the other hand, when the back door 15 is moved from the fully open position to the fully closed position, the reset member 137 is not yet engaged with the reset means 129, that is, the reset member 137 is positioned above the reset means 129. 137 is in the unlocked position indicated by the chain line in FIG. 13B. In FIG. 13B, the reset member 137 moves from above the support base 125 together with the first rod 121a and the rotating member 130. Therefore, when the reset member 137 is in the locked state, the engaging convex portion 143 is connected to the reset means 129. It moves to the position shown by the solid line in FIG. 13B without interference. However, when the reset member 137 moves in the unlocked state, the engaging projection 143 engages with the resetting means 129 during the movement, and the downward movement in FIG. 13B is restricted. Then, with the movement of the first rod 121a, it is rotated 60 degrees counterclockwise in FIG. 13B. The reset member 137 is connected to the rotating member 130 via a torsion spring 138, and the engaging convex portion 143 provided on the reset member 137 is in the axial direction with the engaging convex portion 139 provided on the rotating member 130. They are in the same positional relationship. Therefore, when the reset member 137 is rotated, the rotating member 130 is also rotated 60 degrees via the torsion spring 138, and the locked state indicated by the solid line in which the locking portion 134 and the locking projection 139 face each other is achieved. That is, if the reset means 129 does not exist, the reset member 137 moves to the fully closed position in the unlocked state indicated by the chain line, but the reset means 129 reliably rotates to the lock position indicated by the solid line. The Therefore, when the back door 15 is opened, the telescopic rod body 120 is always opened to the half-opened state while being held in the contracted state.
ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăă°ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽĺšćďźďźďźăăăłďźďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŞĺšćăŽäťăŤă䝼ä¸ăŤç¤şăĺšćăĺžăăă¨ăă§ăăă
ăďźďźďźďźăăăćŠć§ďźďźă¨ăăŚăŽäź¸ç¸ŽăăăďźďźďźăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźĺăłĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇăăăăăŤäťĺ˘ăăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźă¨ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăĺ縎çść ă¨ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăă䟸éˇçść ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăŽäź¸ç¸Žăăăďźďźďźăç¨ăăăă¨ăŤăăăĺžćĽćčĄăŽćĄĺ ç¨ăŽăŹăźăŤă¨čť˘ĺ蟪ăŤăăăă˘ăŽééçść ăčŚĺśăăć§ćăŤćŻčźăăŚăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăĺä¸ăăăŽăżăŞăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽćăćšĺăćĺ ăŽĺśç´ăĺ°ăŞăă According to the fifth embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) and (3) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(17) Thetelescopic rod 119 as the rod mechanism 20 is provided between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122, and between the fixed side member 121 and the movable side member 122, and is attached so as to extend the movable side member 122. The telescopic rod 119 is extendable between a contracted state corresponding to the fully closed state and the half open state of the back door 15 and an extended state corresponding to the fully open state. Therefore, the use of the telescopic rod 119 not only improves the vehicle mountability but also breaks the back door 15 as compared with the conventional configuration in which the door opening / closing state is regulated by the guide rail and the rolling wheel. There are few restrictions on direction and design.
ăďźďźďźďźăăăćŠć§ďźďźă¨ăăŚăŽäź¸ç¸ŽăăăďźďźďźăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźĺăłĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇăăăăăŤäťĺ˘ăăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźă¨ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăăĺ縎çść ă¨ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤĺŻžĺżăă䟸éˇçść ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăŽäź¸ç¸Žăăăďźďźďźăç¨ăăăă¨ăŤăăăĺžćĽćčĄăŽćĄĺ ç¨ăŽăŹăźăŤă¨čť˘ĺ蟪ăŤăăăă˘ăŽééçść ăčŚĺśăăć§ćăŤćŻčźăăŚăčťä¸Ąćčźć§ăĺä¸ăăăŽăżăŞăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽćăćšĺăćĺ ăŽĺśç´ăĺ°ăŞăă According to the fifth embodiment, in addition to the effects (1) and (3) of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
(17) The
ăďźďźďźďźĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść
ă¨ăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇçść
ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŽćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźďźä¸ćăĺźăă˘ďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤă秝ĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚă揥ăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéćžăăéăŤăŻă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăŽĺ縎çść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăžă§ç§ťĺăăăăăăčťä¸ĄĺžćšăŽăšăăźăšăçăĺ ´ĺă§ăăă˘ă嚲ć¸ăăăŽăĺéżăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăžăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤéăăĺ ´ĺă§ăă揥ăŤăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéćžăăéăŤăŻă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăĺ縎çść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăžă§ç§ťĺăăăăăăčťä¸ĄĺžćšăŽăšăăźăšăçăĺ ´ĺă§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźă嚲ć¸ăăăŽăĺéżăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(18) The fixed member 121 is provided with switching means 128 for switching between a locked state in which the movable member 122 is held in a contracted state and an unlocked state in which the movable member 122 is allowed to be in an extended state. . The support base 125 of the telescopic rod 119 is switched by engaging with the switching means 128 during the movement when the switching means 128 is unlocked and the back door 15 (the folding door) is moved to the fully closed position. A reset means 129 for switching the means 128 to the locked state is provided. Therefore, when the back door 15 is opened next time, the back door 15 is moved to the half-open state in the contracted state of the telescopic rod body 120, so that the door is prevented from interfering even when the space behind the vehicle is small. be able to. Even when the back door 15 is closed from the fully open state to the fully closed state, the next time the back door 15 is opened, the telescopic rod 119 is contracted and the back door 15 is moved to the half open state. Even when the rear space is small, it is possible to avoid the back door 15 from interfering.
ăďźďźďźďźĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăŻăççśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺşçŤŻĺ´ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăă¤čť¸ćšĺăŤćĺŽçŻĺ˛ă§ç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŽäź¸éˇăăăăăŤäťĺ˘ăăă°ăďźďźďźă¨ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ä¸ä˝ĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăĺăăŚăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ縎ĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăéăŤĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăĺĺé¨ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚćĺŽč§ĺşŚăă¤ä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤĺĺăăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŤč¨ăăăăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ăăăă¨ăŤăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżć˘ä¸č˝ăŞă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤé
罎ăăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺč¨ćĺŽč§ĺşŚăŽďźĺăŽăăăă§äżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăçŞč¨ăăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăŽă˘ăłăăăŻçść
ă§ăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤă秝ĺéä¸ă§ĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻçść
ăŤĺăćăăć§ćăç°ĄĺăŤăŞăă
(19) The switching means 128 is formed in a cylindrical shape, is rotatable on the proximal end side of the fixed member 121 and is movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction, and the rotating member 130 is expanded and contracted. A spring 136 that urges the rod 119 to extend, and a reset member 137 that can rotate integrally with the rotating member 130 are provided. When the movable member 122 moves to the contraction side, the rotating member 130 engages with the rotating portion 131 provided on the movable member 122 and is rotated in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle, and is provided on the movable member 122. The lock portions 134 are alternately arranged at a lock position for restricting the movement of the movable side member 122 by being locked with the lock portion 134 and an unlock position at which the lock portion 134 cannot be locked. The reset member 137 has engaging projections 143 protruding at a pitch twice the predetermined angle, and is configured to be able to engage with the reset means 129. Therefore, when the back door 15 is moved to the fully closed position when the switching unit 128 is unlocked, the configuration for switching the switching unit 128 to the locked state during the movement is simplified.
ăďźďźďźďźĺĺé¨ďźďźďźăŻĺąąé¨ďźďźďźď˝ăćĺŽč§ĺşŚééă§é
罎ăăăăŤă é¨ďźďźďźăćăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźă貍éăăçść
ăŤč¨ăăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźă䟸éˇăăĺ´ăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻăŤă é¨ďźďźďźă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞé¸ćŻçśăŽăŤă ďźďźďźă形ćăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăćăă ĺ寞ĺ´ăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻćĺŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ďźďźďźă¨ĺăżĺăŁăŚĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ蝢ćšĺă¨éćšĺă¸ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăŽă¤é¨ďźďźďźă形ćăăăŚăăăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă¨ăăăă°ăďźďźďźăäťăăŚĺ蝢ĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăŽĺĺăŻăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźă犺蝢ăăăăă¨ăĺŻč˝ăŞĺĺ䝼ä¸ăŽĺ¤§ăăăŤč¨ĺŽăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ蝢ăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźăŤăăŁăŚčŚĺśăăăçść
ă§ăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺăăăĺăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăŤăăŁăŚĺ ăăăăĺ ´ĺăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăçść
ă§ăăăă°ăďźďźďźăĺ¤ĺ˝˘ăăăă¨ă§ăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăŻĺĺăăăăăăăŚăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăŽç§ťĺăŤäź´ăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăĺ蝢ă§ăăçść
ăŤăŞăă¨ăăăăă°ăďźďźďźăŽĺĺăŤăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăŻăăăŻä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺĺăăăăăăŽăăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăäżć˘é¨ďźďźďźăŤé大ăŞĺăĺ ăăŁăŚç ´ćăăăă¨ăĺéżăăăă
(20) The rotating part 131 has the cam part 132 in which the mountain parts 132a are arranged at predetermined angular intervals. The rotating member 130 is provided in a state of penetrating the reset member 137, and a serrated cam 135 that can be engaged with the cam portion 132 is formed at the first end portion on the side where the telescopic rod 119 extends, and the reset member A gear portion 141 that engages with the fixed gear 140 disposed at a predetermined position and restricts the rotation of the rotating member 130 in the direction opposite to the rotation direction is formed at the second end portion on the opposite side across the 137. The reset member 137 is rotatably connected to the rotating member 130 via the torsion spring 138, and the reaction force of the torsion spring 138 is set to be larger than the reaction force capable of causing the rotation member 130 to idle. . Therefore, when a force for rotating the reset member 137 is applied by the reset means 129 in a state where the rotation of the rotation member 130 is restricted by the locking portion 134, the torsion spring 138 in a state where the rotation of the rotation member 130 is restricted. As a result of the deformation, the reset member 137 is rotated. Then, when the rotating member 130 can rotate with the movement of the movable member 122, the rotating member 130 is rotated to the locked position by the reaction force of the torsion spring 138. Therefore, it is avoided that an excessive force is applied to the rotating member 130 or the locking portion 134 and is damaged.
ăďźďźďźďźăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻéćžćăŤĺ
ăĺéçść
ă¨ăŞăăăăĺ°ăăŞčˇçŠăŽĺşăĺ
ĽăćăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéăŽăžăžčˇçŠăŽĺşăĺ
ĽăăčĄăă°čŻăăĺż
čŚăŤĺżăăŚĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
(21) Since the back door 15 is initially in a half-open state when opened, when the small door is taken in and out, the back door 15 may be put in and out with the half-open state, and can be fully opened as necessary.
ăďźçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ďź
ă揥ăŤă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăĺłďźďźăĺç §ăăŞăă誏ćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽéćăăé˛ć˘ĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăçšăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăĺ ˇä˝çăŤăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăéŁçľăăăăłă¸ăŽä˝ç˝Žă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŤăŞăźăăŠăăăă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăçšă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺč¨ăŞăźăăŠăăçŽćă¨ăŞăé¨ĺăŤčŚĺśé¨ćăč¨ăăăăŚăăçšă¨ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăăăŽäťăŽć§ćăŻçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺşćŹçăŤĺć§ă§ăăăăăĺć§ăŽé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻăăŽčŞŹćăççĽăăă (Sixth embodiment)
Next, a sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The sixth embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that theback door 15 can be prevented from reverse folding even when the back door 15 is closed from the fully open state without passing through the half open state. ing. Specifically, the position of the hinge connecting the upper door 16 and the lower door 17, the point where the lower end of the upper door 16 is formed in a shape that overlaps with the upper end of the lower door 17, The point from which the control member is provided differs from 5th Embodiment. The telescopic rod 119 and other configurations are basically the same as those in the fifth embodiment, and thus the description of the same parts is omitted.
ă揥ăŤă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăĺłďźďźăĺç §ăăŞăă誏ćăăăăŞăă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăŚăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽéćăăé˛ć˘ĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăăŚăăçšăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăŁăŚăăăĺ ˇä˝çăŤăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăéŁçľăăăăłă¸ăŽä˝ç˝Žă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŤăŞăźăăŠăăăă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăçšă¨ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺč¨ăŞăźăăŠăăçŽćă¨ăŞăé¨ĺăŤčŚĺśé¨ćăč¨ăăăăŚăăçšă¨ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ç°ăŞăă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăăăŽäťăŽć§ćăŻçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺşćŹçăŤĺć§ă§ăăăăăĺć§ăŽé¨ĺăŤă¤ăăŚăŻăăŽčŞŹćăççĽăăă (Sixth embodiment)
Next, a sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The sixth embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in that the
ăĺłďźďźăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŤĺŻžăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŽéŁçľçść
ă示ă樥ĺźĺ´é˘ĺłă§ăăăĺŽçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ăŽé˘äżă示ăăäşçšéçˇăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ăŽé˘äżă示ăă
FIG. 15 is a schematic side view showing a connection state of the upper portion of the lower door 17 with respect to the lower portion of the upper door 16. The solid line shows the relationship of the state in which the back door 15 is disposed in the fully closed position, and the two-dot chain line shows the back door 15 The relationship of the state arrange | positioned in a half-open position is shown.
ăĺłďźďźăŤĺŽçˇă§ç¤şăăăăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăŤé
罎ăăăăŞăźăăźăŠăăăăăŚăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźďźăŤăŻăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăé¨ĺăŤăéŁçľé¨ă¨ăăŚăăłă¸ďźďźďźăŽçŹŹďźćŻćçďźďźďźď˝ăăćŻčť¸ďźďźďźăćŻćăăé¨ĺăä¸ćšă¸ĺťśăłăçść
ă§ăăŤăďźďźďźď˝ăŤăăĺşĺŽăăăŚăăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźďźď˝ăŤăŻăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăăŚă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ćšăŤä˝ç˝Žăăé¨ĺăŤăăăłă¸ďźďźďźăŽçŹŹďźćŻćçďźďźďźď˝ăăćŻčť¸ďźďźďźăŤćŻćăăăé¨ĺăä¸ćšă¸ĺťśăłăçść
ă§ăăŤăďźďźď˝ăŤăăĺşĺŽăăăŚăăă
As shown by a solid line in FIG. 15, the lower part of the upper door 16 and the upper part of the lower door 17 are over the upper part where the lower part of the upper door 16 is arranged outside the upper part of the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is arranged in the fully closed position. Wrapped. On the inner panel 145 of the upper door 16, the first support piece 146 a of the hinge 146 as a connecting portion is located on the portion located above the lower door 17 in the fully closed position, and the portion that supports the support shaft 147 extends downward. It is fixed by 148a. The inner panel 149a of the lower door 17 is provided with a second support piece 146b of the hinge 146 at a portion located below the upper door 16 in the fully closed position, and a bolt 48b with a portion supported by the support shaft 147 extending upward. It is fixed.
ăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤăăăŚăŞăźăăźăŠăăăăé¨ĺăŽăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźďźď˝ăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăéăăăăéăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ
ĺ´ăŤĺăăŁăŚćăăăŽăčŚĺśăăčŚĺśé¨ćă¨ăăŚăŽăšăăăďźďźďźăăăăłă¸ďźďźďźăŽćŻčť¸ďźďźďźăăćăĺžćšä¸ĺ´ăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăăăăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăăšăăăďźďźďźăŻăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺˇŚĺłăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŽăšăăăďźďźďźă¨ĺŻžĺăăé˘ăŻăćăä¸é¨ĺžćšă¸ĺăăŁăŚĺťśăłăăăăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăăšăăăďźďźďźăŻĺ
ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźăŤé˘ćĽč§Śăă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăă
The outer panel 149b of the lower door 17 that overlaps in the fully closed position has a restriction that restricts the connecting portion of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 from folding toward the inside of the vehicle body when the back door 15 is closed from the fully open state. A stopper 150 as a member is provided so as to be positioned obliquely rearward and lower than the support shaft 147 of the hinge 146. The stopper 150 is provided on the left and right of the lower door 17. The surface of the upper door 16 facing the stopper 150 of the inner panel 45 is formed so as to extend rearward and obliquely downward, and the stopper 150 is formed in a shape in surface contact with the inner panel 45.
ăăăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźă¨ĺć§ăŤééăčĄăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăĺéçść
ăăéăăăăĺ ´ĺă¨ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăéăăăăĺ ´ĺă¨ăăăăĺ
¨éçść
ăăéăăăăĺ ´ĺăĺéçść
ăçľçąăăŚéăăăăĺ ´ĺă¨ăĺéçść
ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăĺ ´ĺăăăăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăĺ ´ĺă䟸縎ăăăďźďźďźăŻĺ縎çść
ăŤăăăŻăăăăŤĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăăăăŚăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽć§ćă§ăŻăăăłă¸ďźďźăŽĺĺä¸ĺżăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺăćšĺăŽä¸éä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺĺ¨ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éăŤăăĺ ´ĺăŤăăă˘ăéćăăăĺŻč˝ć§ăăăăăă˘ĺ
¨éćăŤăă˘ăăăŻăĺăżĺăăŞăĺŻč˝ć§ăăăăăžăăăăă¤ăćăăăă
The back door 15 of this embodiment is opened and closed in the same manner as the back door 15 of the fifth embodiment. The back door 15 may be closed from the half-open state or may be closed from the full-open state. When the back door 15 is closed from the full-open state, the back door 15 is closed via the half-open state or closed without going through the half-open state. There is a case. When closed from the fully open state without going through the half open state, the telescopic rod 119 moves to the fully closed position without being locked in the contracted state. In the configuration of the fifth embodiment, the center of rotation of the hinge 18 exists at an intermediate position in the thickness direction of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17, so that when the back door 15 is fully closed, the door is reversed. There is a possibility of breakage, and there is a possibility that the door lock does not mesh when the door is fully closed. There is also a feeling of rattling.
ăăăăăăăŽçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽć§ćă§ăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸çŤŻăŤăŞăźăăŠăăăă形çśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăŚăăăăăăŚăĺč¨ăŞăźăăŠăăçŽćă¨ăŞăé¨ĺăŤĺŻžĺżăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăăăŤďźďźďźď˝ăŤăšăăăďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăŽăăăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăăšăăăďźďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăĺłďźďźăŽĺŽçˇăŽçść
ăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéćăăăçść
ăŤăŞăăă¨ăĺłăĄăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺłďźďźăŽĺˇŚćšĺă¸ĺžĺăăăă¨ăčŚĺśăăăă
However, in the configuration of the sixth embodiment, the lower end of the upper door 16 is formed in a shape that overlaps with the upper end of the lower door 17. And the stopper 150 is provided in the outer side panel 149b of the lower door 17 corresponding to the part used as the said overlap lap location. For this reason, the state where the upper door 16 comes into contact with the stopper 150 and the solid line in FIG. 15 is changed to the state in which the back door 15 is folded backward, that is, the lower door 17 is restricted from tilting to the left in FIG.
ăăăăăŁăŚă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăŻăĺč¨çŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽĺšćă¨ĺć§ăŞĺšćăŤĺ ăăŚă䝼ä¸ăŤç¤şăĺšćăćăăă
ăďźďźďźďźăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăéăăăăéăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ ĺ´ăŤĺăăŁăŚéĺăăŤćăăăŽăčŚĺśăăăšăăăďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăŚăăăšăăăďźďźďźăŽĺĺ¨ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽéćăăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăćăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăžăăŻč§ĺşŚăäżăăăăăăăăă¤ăćăć¸ĺ°ăăăăăŽçľćăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éćăŤăă˘ăăăŻă確ĺŽăŤĺăżĺăăăă˘ăăăŻăćăăăŞăçść ăŤăŞăăŽăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă Therefore, the sixth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the same effects as those of the fifth embodiment.
(22) Thelower door 17 is provided with a stopper 150 that restricts the connecting portion of the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 from being folded in the reverse direction toward the inner side of the vehicle body when the back door 15 is closed from the fully opened state. Therefore, even if the back door 15 is closed without going through the half-open state from the fully open state, the back door 15 can be prevented from being reversely folded due to the presence of the stopper 150, and the back door 15 when the back door 15 is closed. Since the posture or angle of the camera is maintained, the feeling of rattling is reduced. As a result, when the back door 15 is fully closed, it is possible to prevent the door lock from engaging and preventing the door lock from being engaged.
ăďźďźďźďźăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăéăăăăéăŤăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ ĺ´ăŤĺăăŁăŚéĺăăŤćăăăŽăčŚĺśăăăšăăăďźďźďźăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăçľçąăăăŤéăăăăŚăăăšăăăďźďźďźăŽĺĺ¨ăŤăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽéćăăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăéăăćăŽăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ§żĺ˘ăžăăŻč§ĺşŚăäżăăăăăăăăă¤ăćăć¸ĺ°ăăăăăŽçľćăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ ¨éćăŤăă˘ăăăŻă確ĺŽăŤĺăżĺăăăă˘ăăăŻăćăăăŞăçść ăŤăŞăăŽăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă Therefore, the sixth embodiment has the following effects in addition to the same effects as those of the fifth embodiment.
(22) The
ăďźďźďźďźă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤé
罎ăăăçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸é¨ăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăŤé
罎ăăăăăăŞăźăăźăŠăăăăăŚăăăăšăăăďźďźďźăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
¨éçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨ăă˘ăă˘ďźďźă¨ăŤé˘ćĽč§ŚăăăăăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăăŁăŚăăšăăăďźďźďźăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźă¨çˇćĽč§ŚăçšćĽč§Śă§ĺ˝ćĽăăć§ćăŤćŻčźăăŚă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŤçĄçăŞĺăĺ ăăăŤăăă
(23) The lower portion of the upper door 16 and the upper portion of the lower door 17 are overlapped so that the lower portion of the upper door 16 is disposed outside the upper portion of the lower door 17 in a state where the back door 15 is disposed at the fully closed position. The stopper 150 is provided so as to be in surface contact with the upper door 16 and the lower door 17 when the back door 15 is fully closed. Therefore, it is difficult to apply an excessive force to the upper door 16 as compared with the configuration in which the stopper 150 contacts the upper door 16 by line contact or point contact.
ăăŞăăćŹçşćăŽĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŻäťĽä¸ăŽăăăŤĺ¤ć´ăăŚăăăă
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ăĺéçść ăăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăćçšă§ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăšăăăăč¨ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăăŤă¨ă姿ĺ˘ăŤä˝ç˝Žăăĺ ´ĺăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăčťä˝ăŽé¨ä˝ăŤăšăăăăč¨ăăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăăšăăăăŤćźăäťăăăăăăăŤăăŚăăăăăăŽăăăŞć§ćă§ăăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăŤăćăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăŚăăžăăă¨ăĺéżă§ăăă In addition, you may change embodiment of this invention as follows.
-In 1st Embodiment, you may provide the stopper which controls rotation of a rotation arm when a back door transfers to a full open state from a half open state. For example, when therotary arm 22 is positioned so as to be taken when the back door is shifted to the fully open state, a stopper is provided at a portion of the vehicle body that comes into contact with the rotary arm 22, and when the back door shifts to the fully open state, The rotating arm may be pressed against the stopper. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the rotating arm from rotating due to the urging force of the gas spring even though the back door has shifted to the fully open state.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ăĺéçść ăăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăćçšă§ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăšăăăăč¨ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăăŤă¨ă姿ĺ˘ăŤä˝ç˝Žăăĺ ´ĺăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăčťä˝ăŽé¨ä˝ăŤăšăăăăč¨ăăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăă¨ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăăšăăăăŤćźăäťăăăăăăăŤăăŚăăăăăăŽăăăŞć§ćă§ăăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăŤăćăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăŚăăžăăă¨ăĺéżă§ăăă In addition, you may change embodiment of this invention as follows.
-In 1st Embodiment, you may provide the stopper which controls rotation of a rotation arm when a back door transfers to a full open state from a half open state. For example, when the
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăäťĺ˘é¨ćăĺ¤ć´ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťŁăăăŤăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ăäťĺ˘é¨ćă¨ăăŚç¨ăăŚăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺăĺłďźďźďźĄăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺăäťăé¨ďźďźăč¨ăăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤĺăäťăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă珏ďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăĺăäťăé¨ďźďźăŤĺăäťăăăăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăéăŤćăă§ăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŽĺ寞ĺ´ăŤăŻăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăŁăă¨ăăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă¨ĺ˝ćĽăăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăĺłç¤şăăŞăăšăăăé¨ćăč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŽéăŤĺĺ¨ăăŚăăĺ ´ĺăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤăŻăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăăăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăŤćźăäťăăăăćšĺăŽäťĺ˘ĺăĺ ăăăăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăŚăăçść
ăŤăăăŚăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăăăăăăŤćä˝ăăăă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤćăăŚĺ蝢ăăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻĺăäťăé¨ďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăăăăŚăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăĺăäťăé¨ďźďźă¨çŹŹďźăăłă¸ďźďźă¨ăçľăśäťŽćłçˇďźąďźăééăăă¨ăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăżăźăłăŞăźăăźăăăăăŞăăĄăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăäťĺ˘ćšĺăĺăćăăăăăă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăšăăăé¨ćďźďźăăé˘éăăćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăăăăăăŚăăăźăˇă§ăłăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŻăĺłďźďźďźĄăŽäşçšéçˇă§ç¤şăä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăçść
ă§ăŻăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźĺăłăăăé¨ćďźďźăäťăăŚăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤäťĺ˘ăăă
In the first embodiment, the biasing member may be changed. For example, a torsion spring may be used as the biasing member instead of the gas spring. In this case, as shown in FIG. 16A, an attachment portion 80 is provided at the rear portion of the side frame 12, and the first end portion 81a of the torsion spring 81 is attached to the rotary arm 22 and the second end portion 81b is attached to the attachment portion 80. Attach to. At the rear part of the side frame 12, when the back door 15 is fully opened on the opposite side of the stopper member 27 with the rotary arm 22 in between, the rotary arm 22 abuts against the rotary arm 22 to restrict the rotation of the rotary arm 22. A stopper member (not shown) is provided. When the back door 15 exists between the fully closed state and the half open state, a biasing force in a direction to be pressed against the stopper member 27 from the torsion spring 81 is applied to the rotating arm 22 so that the rotating arm 22 rotates. Be regulated. When the lower door 17 is operated so that the lower door 17 is pulled up while the back door 15 is in the half-open state, the rotary arm 22 rotates against the urging force of the torsion spring 81 and the torsion spring 81 is attached. It rotates around the part 80. When the first end portion 81 a of the torsion spring 81 passes through the imaginary line Q <b> 2 connecting the attachment portion 80 and the first hinge 21, the torsion spring 81 turns over, that is, the urging force of the torsion spring 81 against the rotating arm 22. The direction is switched. Then, the rotating arm 22 is biased in a direction away from the stopper member 27. The torsion spring 81 urges the lower door 17 to the fully open state via the rotating arm 22 and the rod member 23 in a state where the torsion spring 81 has moved to the position indicated by the two-dot chain line in FIG.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŤĺŻžăăäťĺ˘ćšĺăĺăćăăăăăŤäťĺ˘é¨ćăč¨ăă䝣ăăăŤăäťĺ˘é¨ćă常ăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăăćšĺăăŞăăĄčťä˝ăŽĺžćšă¸äťĺ˘ăăăăăŤć§ćăăŚăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺăĺłďźďźďź˘ăŤç¤şăăăăŤăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽĺşçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă珏ďźăăłă¸é¨ćďźďźăäťăăŚăľă¤ăăăŹăźă ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺăäťăăŚă珏ďźăăłă¸é¨ćďźďźăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺčŞĺ¨ă¨ăŞăăăăŤć§ćăăăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽăăăďźďźăŽĺ
獯é¨ďźďźď˝ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤĺăäťăăŚăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźă常ăŤčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžćšă¸äťĺ˘ăăăăăŤć§ćăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŤçŞčľˇçśăŽč˘Ťäżć˘é¨ďźďźăč¨ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăĺ
ĺ´ăŤä˝ç˝ŽăăăăăŤäşčĄĺ˝˘çśăŽăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăč¨ăăăăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăŻăăăłăăŤăćä˝ăăăăŽăŤäź´ăŁăŚĺłç¤şăăŞăéťć°ĺźă˘ăŻăăĽă¨ăźăżăé§ĺăăăăă¨ă§ĺĺăăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăăăăŻă解é¤ăăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăăăăăłăăŤĺăłéťć°ĺźă˘ăŻăăĽă¨ăźăżăăăăŻé¨ćďźďźă解é¤ăăăćä˝ćŠć§ăć§ćăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăŤăŻăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤăŞăŁăĺžăŤăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăŤăă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŽăăăŻă解é¤ăăă¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŻăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺ蝢ĺŻč˝ă¨ăŞăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŻçŹŹďźăăłă¸é¨ćăä¸ĺżăŤăăŚĺĺăăăăăăŚăăăăé¨ćďźďźĺăłĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăŞăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŞăăă¨ă§ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăĺ ´ĺăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăĺźăä¸ăăă°ă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăŽäşčĄé¨ĺăŤĺ
Ľăčžźăă§čŞĺçăŤäżć˘ăăăŚăăăćŠć§ăŻçŹŹďźăŽçść
ă¨ăŞăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻĺéçść
ă¨ăŞăăăăŽć§ćăŤăăă°ă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăŽäżć˘ă解é¤ăăćä˝ăčĄăăŞăéăăăăăé¨ćďźďźĺăłĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăŞăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăă¨ăŻăŞăăăăăăŁăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺžćšăŽăšăăźăšăçăăăăŞĺ ´ĺăŤăăăćŠć§ă確ĺŽăŤçŹŹďźăŽçść
ăŤäżćăăăă¨ăă§ăăăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŽčťä¸ĄĺžçŤŻăăăŽçŞĺşéă確ĺŽăŤĺ°ăăăăăă¨ăă§ăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăĺăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺăłĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăŻé¨ćăŻăăă˘ăă˘ăŤč¨ăăăăŚăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăăăłă¸é¨ćăäťăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăŤĺăäťăăă¨ă¨ăăŤĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨čťä˝ă¨ăăăăé¨ćăŤăăŁăŚéŁçľăăă°ă袍äżć˘é¨ďźďźăŤĺŻžăăăăăŻé¨ćďźďźăŽäżć˘ă解é¤ăăćä˝ăčĄăăŞăéăăăăăé¨ćĺăłĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăăăŞăăăăćŠć§ă珏ďźăŽçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăă¨ăŻăŞăă
In the first embodiment, instead of providing the urging member so that the urging direction with respect to the rotating arm is switched, the urging member is always urged in the direction in which the rotating arm rotates, that is, the rear of the vehicle body. Also good. In this case, as shown in FIG. 16B, the base end portion 83a of the gas spring 83 is attached to the rear portion of the side frame 12 via the fourth hinge member 87 so as to be rotatable around the fourth hinge member 87. Configure. The tip 84a of the rod 84 of the gas spring 83 is attached to the rotary arm 82 so that the gas spring 83 always urges the rotary arm 22 toward the rear of the vehicle body 11. A protrusion-like locked portion 85 is provided on the rotary arm 82, and a bifurcated lock member 86 is provided so as to be positioned inside the rotary arm 82. The lock member 86 is configured to be rotated by driving an electric actuator (not shown) as the handle is operated, so that the lock on the locked portion 85 is released. The handle and the electric actuator constitute an operation mechanism for releasing the lock member 86. When the back door 15 is shifted to the fully open state, when the locked portion 85 is unlocked by the lock member 86 after the back door 15 is in the half open state, the rotary arm 22 is rotated by the biasing force of the gas spring 83. The lower door 17 rotates about the second hinge member. And the back mechanism 15 will be in a fully open state because the rod mechanism which consists of the rod member 23 and the rotation arm 82 will be in a 2nd state. When the back door 15 that has shifted to the fully open state is shifted to the half open state, if the lower door 17 is pulled down, the locked portion 85 enters the bifurcated portion of the lock member 86 and is automatically locked. The back door 15 is in a half-open state. According to this configuration, the rod mechanism including the rod member 23 and the rotating arm 82 does not shift to the second state unless an operation for releasing the locking of the lock member 86 with respect to the locked portion 85 is performed. Therefore, when the space behind the back door 15 is small, the rod mechanism can be reliably held in the first state, so that the rear end of the vehicle when the back door 15 transitions from the fully closed state to the half open state. It is possible to reliably reduce the amount of protrusion from. The rotary arm including the locked portion and the lock member that restricts the rotation of the rotary arm may be provided in the lower door. In this case, if the gas spring is attached to the lower door via the hinge member and the rotating arm and the vehicle body are connected by the rod member, the rod is used unless an operation of releasing the lock member 86 from the locked portion 85 is performed. The rod mechanism including the member and the rotating arm does not shift to the second state.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăšăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăăĺžĺ´ăŤč¨ăăăăă˘ăă˘ăŤăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăč¨ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽăăăăŽĺ
獯é¨ăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŤćĽçśăăăăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ăĺ
¨éçść
ăăĺéçść
ăŽéăŤä˝ç˝Žăăĺ ´ĺăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŻĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ďźďźăăšăăăăŤćźăäťăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăă˘ăă˘ăĺźăä¸ăăăăćšĺăŤćä˝ăăăă¨ăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ăŽäťĺ˘ćšĺăĺăćăăŁăŚĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ăŻĺ
¨éçść
ă¨ăŞăă
In the first embodiment, the rotary arm 22 may be provided on the lower door 17. For example, the rotary arm 22 is provided on the lower door 17, and a stopper that restricts the rotation of the rotary arm 22 is provided behind the rotary arm 22. A gas spring is provided on the lower door, and the tip of the rod of the gas spring is connected to the rotating arm. When the back door is positioned between the fully closed state and the half open state, the gas spring presses the rotating arm 22 against the stopper, and when the lower door is operated in the half open state, the biasing direction of the gas spring is changed. The back door is fully opened by switching and urging the rotating arm in the rotating direction.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăŹăšăšăăŞăłă°ďźďźăŽçŹŹďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ´é¨ďźďźď˝ăŤĺăäťăăă¨ă¨ăăŤă珏ďźçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăăŻćŠć§ăäťăăŚčťä˝ďźďźăŽĺžé¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăăŤć§ćăăŚăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺă§ăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ăŤéăăă¨ăăŤă ăăăăŻă¨č˘Ťäżć˘çŞé¨ă¨ăŽäżć˘ă解é¤ăăăăăăŤăăă°ăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăŽăšăăźăšăçăăăăŞĺ ´ĺăŤčޤăŁăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŤç§ťčĄăăăŚăăžăăă¨ăĺéżă§ăăă
In the second embodiment, the first end portion 32a of the gas spring 32 is attached to the side portion 17b of the lower door 17, and the second end portion 32b is attached to the rear portion of the vehicle body 11 via a lock mechanism. Good. Even in this case, if the hook and the locked protrusion are unlocked only when the back door 15 reaches the half-open state, the back door 15 is mistakenly returned when the space behind the vehicle is small. It is possible to avoid shifting the door 15 to the fully open state.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ć˘ăăé¨ćă¨ăăŚăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźäťĽĺ¤ăŽé¨ćăç¨ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽäťŁăăăŤă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăĺťśéˇăăăă¨ă§ăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ć˘ăăăăăŤć§ćăăŚăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŽăŹăźăăăˇăĽďźďźăŽçŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ă¨ĺăä˝ç˝ŽăŤăžă§ĺťśéˇăăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺéçść
ăŤăăăŚăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ă¸ăŽé¨ć°´ăŽćľ¸ĺ
Ľăé˛ć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
In the fourth embodiment, a member other than the garnish 79 may be used as a member for preventing rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is in a half-open state. For example, by extending the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 instead of the garnish 79, the connecting side end 16c of the upper door 16 prevents rainwater from entering the back door 15 when the back door 15 is half open. You may comprise as follows. In this case, if the connection-side end portion 16c of the upper door 16 is extended to the same position as the end portion 79a of the garnish 79 of the fourth embodiment, rainwater can enter the back door 15 in the half-open state of the back door 15. Can be prevented.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăˇăźăŤé¨ćďź´ăŽĺ˝˘çśăĺ¤ć´ăăŚăăăăäžăă°ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺéçść
ă§ăăă¨ăăŤä¸ćšăĺăăˇăźăŤé¨ćăŽĺ´é˘ăăčťä¸ĄăŽĺžćšăŤĺăăăŤă¤ăăŚä¸ćšăŤĺžćăăĺžćé˘ă¨ăăŚĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă§ăăˇăźăŤé¨ćăŤéăŁăé¨ć°´ăčťä¸ĄăŽĺ¤ĺ´ăŤćĺşăăăăăŤć§ćăăŚăăăă
In the fourth embodiment, the shape of the seal member T may be changed. For example, the side surface of the seal member that faces upward when the back door 15 is in the half-open state is formed as an inclined surface that inclines downward toward the rear of the vehicle, so that rainwater that has fallen on the seal member is placed outside the vehicle. You may comprise so that it may discharge | emit.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăĺ
¨éçść
ăŽă¨ăăŤăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽéŁçľĺ´çŤŻé¨ďźďźď˝ăŤéăŁăé¨ć°´ăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŽĺ
ĺ´ăŤćľ¸ĺ
Ľăăăă¨ăćĺśăăé¨ć°´ăĺ °ăć˘ăăăă¨ăă§ăăĺ°ç¨ăŽé¨ćăăˇăźăŤé¨ćă¨ăŻĺĽăŤč¨ăăŚăăăă
-In 4th Embodiment, when the back door 15 is a full open state, it can suppress that the rain water which fell to the connection side edge part 17c of the lower door 17 permeates the inner side of the back door 15, and can dam rain water. A dedicated member may be provided separately from the seal member.
ăăťçŹŹďźăăăłďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺăćăć掾ďźďźďźăć§ćăăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăĺĺé¨ďźďźďźăŤăăä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤĺĺăăăćĺŽč§ĺşŚăŻďźďźĺşŚăŤéăăŞăăäžăă°ă芲ćĺŽč§ĺşŚăŻăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺĺ¨ăăçść
ă§ăăŞăťăăé¨ćďźďźďźăćăăč¤ć°ăŽäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŽăăĄăŽä¸ă¤ăŽäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźă¨äżĺăăŚă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝ŽăăăăăŻä˝ç˝ŽăŤĺĺăăăăă¤äťăŽäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăăŞăťăăć掾ďźďźďźăăăăŻćŻćăăźăšďźďźďźçăŽäťăŽé¨ćă¨ĺš˛ć¸ăăŞă形çśă§ăăă°éĺŽăăăŞăăăăŽăăăŤăŻăäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŽć°ăĺĽć°ĺă§ăăă¤ďźďźďźĺşŚăăăŽĺĽć°ĺă§ĺ˛ăŁăĺ¤ăĺść°ăŤăŞăă°ăăăäžăă°ăäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăďźĺč¨ăăäżĺĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŽééăďźďźĺşŚăäżć˘ĺ¸é¨ďźďźďźăŽééăĺłăĄćĺŽč§ĺşŚăďźďźĺşŚăŤăăŚăăăă
In the fifth and sixth embodiments, the predetermined angle by which the rotating member 130 constituting the switching unit 128 is rotated in a fixed direction by the rotating unit 131 is not limited to 60 degrees. For example, the predetermined angle is such that one engaging convex portion 143 of the plurality of engaging convex portions 143 included in the reset member 137 is engaged with the reset means 129 in a state where the reset member 137 is in the unlock position. Thus, the shape is not limited as long as it is rotated from the unlocked position to the locked position, and the other engaging convex portion 143 does not interfere with other members such as the reset means 129 or the support base 125. For that purpose, the number of the engaging protrusions 143 is an odd number, and the value obtained by dividing 360 degrees by the odd number should be an even number. For example, five engaging protrusions 143 are provided, The interval 143 may be 72 degrees, and the interval between the locking projections 139, that is, the predetermined angle may be 36 degrees.
ăăťçŹŹďźăăăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźăă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŽăăšăăłăăăĺăłăăšăăłăăăăŤéŁçľăăă珏ďźăăăďźďźďźď˝ă§ć§ćăă䝣ăăăŤăĺ°ç¨ăŽă¨ă˘ăăłăăźăŽăăšăăłăăăă ăă§ăăăăć§ćăăŚăăăăăăăăĺ¸č˛ŠăŽă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăç¨ăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺ蝢é¨ćďźďźďźăćŻćăăé¨ĺăĺĽé¨ćă§ć§ćăăćšăăĺ 塼ăăćăăŞăă¨ă¨ăăŤă製é ăłăšăăä˝ć¸ăăăă¨ăă§ăăă
In the fifth and sixth embodiments, instead of configuring the stationary member 121 with the piston rod of the air damper 124 and the first rod 121a coupled to the piston rod, the rod is configured only with the piston rod of the dedicated air damper. May be. However, using a commercially available air damper 124 and configuring the portion that supports the rotating member 130 as a separate member facilitates processing and reduces manufacturing costs.
ăăťçŹŹďźăăăłçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ďźďźďźăć§ćăăĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćďźďźďźă䟸éˇăăăăăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ă¨ăăŚă¨ă˘ăăłăăźďźďźďźăŤäťŁăăŚăăłă¤ăŤă°ăă使ç¨ăăŚăăăă
In the fifth and sixth embodiments, a coil spring may be used in place of the air damper 124 as an urging means for urging the movable side member 122 constituting the telescopic rod main body 120 to extend.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăšăăăďźďźďźăŽć°ăŻďźĺăŤéăăăďźĺă§ăďźĺ䝼ä¸ă§ăăăă
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăšăăăďźďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăŤă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăŚăăăăăžăăăšăăăďźďźďźăč¤ć°ăŽĺ ´ĺăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ĄćšăŤč¨ăăŚăăăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺć§ăŞĺšćăĺžăăăă In the sixth embodiment, the number ofstoppers 150 is not limited to two, and may be one or three or more.
In the sixth embodiment, thestopper 150 may be provided on the upper door 16 without being provided on the lower door 17. Further, when there are a plurality of stoppers 150, they may be provided on both the upper door 16 and the lower door 17. In these cases, the same effect as in the sixth embodiment can be obtained.
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăšăăăďźďźďźăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăăŤă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŤč¨ăăŚăăăăăžăăăšăăăďźďźďźăč¤ć°ăŽĺ ´ĺăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźĺăłăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ĄćšăŤč¨ăăŚăăăăăăăăŽĺ ´ĺă珏ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ă¨ĺć§ăŞĺšćăĺžăăăă In the sixth embodiment, the number of
In the sixth embodiment, the
ăăťçŹŹďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć
ăŤăăăŚăăšăăăďźďźďźăŻă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăăăăŻăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŤé˘ćĽč§Śăăć§ćăŤéăăăçˇćĽč§ŚăçšćĽč§Śăăć§ćă§ăăŁăŚăăăă
ăăťçŹŹďźď˝ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăéˇă形ćăăăŚăăć§ćăŤéăăă严č ăĺăéˇăă§ăăŁăŚăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăăéˇă形ćăăăŚăăŚăăăă In the sixth embodiment, thestopper 150 is not limited to the surface contact with the upper door 16 or the lower door 17, and may be configured to be in line contact or point contact.
In the first to sixth embodiments, theback door 15 is not limited to the configuration in which the length of the upper door 16 in the vertical direction is longer than the length of the lower door 17 in the vertical direction. The lower door 17 may be formed longer than the upper door 16.
ăăťçŹŹďźď˝ďźĺŽć˝ĺ˝˘ć ăŤăăăŚăăăăŻăă˘ďźďźăŻăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăŽä¸ä¸ćšĺăŽéˇăăăéˇă形ćăăăŚăăć§ćăŤéăăă严č ăĺăéˇăă§ăăŁăŚăăăă˘ăă˘ďźďźăă˘ăăăă˘ďźďźăăéˇă形ćăăăŚăăŚăăăă In the sixth embodiment, the
In the first to sixth embodiments, the
ăăťćŹçşćăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ăćŻćăăăă˘ăŻăăăăŻăă˘ăŤéăăŞăăäžăă°ăăľă¤ăăă˘ăă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ďźŁďźŽăčťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤä¸ćăăăŚéćžăăăä¸ćăĺźăľă¤ăăă˘ă¨ăăăăŽăă˘ăćŹçşćăŽćŻćčŁ
罎ă§ćŻćăăŚăăăă
¡ The door supported by the support device of the present invention is not limited to a back door. For example, the side door may be a folded side door that is folded and opened so that the connecting portion CN between the upper door and the lower door protrudes outward from the vehicle body, and the door may be supported by the support device of the present invention. .
Claims (15)
- ăä¸çŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăŤéŠĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ăĺăłăä¸çŤŻé¨ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăă˘ăă˘ăćăă芲ăă˘ăă˘ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăă¤ă¤ĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăăŚăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ăĺč¨čťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤĺăăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺč¨éĺŁé¨ăéćžăăĺéçść ĺăłĺ ¨éçść ă¨ăŞăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă§ăăŁăŚă
ă珏ďźçŤŻăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăăăéŠĺăăă珏ďźçŤŻăĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŤćĽçśăăăăăéŠĺăăĺč¨čťä˝ă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăéŁçľăăă¨ĺ ąăŤăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤăăăŚĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăă珏ďźçść ă¨ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăŚĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăĺč¨čťä˝ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺč¨ĺéçść ăŽă¨ăăăăéˇăăŞă珏ďźăŽçść ă¨ăŤç§ťčĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăćŠć§ă¨ă
ăĺč¨čťä˝ă¨ĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ă¨ăŽéĺăŻĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ă§äżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻčŁ 罎ă¨ă
ăćăăčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă An upper door having an upper end adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body, and a lower door having an upper end pivotally connected to the lower end of the upper door, the lower door being connected to the upper door The upper door rotates with respect to the vehicle body while rotating, and the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body, thereby closing the opening formed in the vehicle body. A support device for a vehicle door that is in a closed state and a half-open state and a fully-open state that opens the opening,
The first end is adapted to be rotatably attached to the vehicle body, the second end is adapted to be connected to the lower door and connects the vehicle body and the lower door, and the vehicle door is fully closed and half open. In the first state in which the lower door is supported and the distance between the fulcrum on the vehicle body and the fulcrum on the lower door in which the vehicle door is fully opened is longer than that in the half-open state. A rod mechanism capable of shifting to a state of 2,
A locking device provided between the vehicle body and the rod mechanism or between the lower door and the rod mechanism, and capable of holding the rod mechanism in the first state;
A vehicle door support device. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăłĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăä¸ćšăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ăĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ĺč¨čťä˝ĺăłĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăäťćšă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćă¨ăĺăă
ăćŻćčŁ ç˝ŽăŻăăăŤăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺč¨ĺéçść ăăĺč¨ĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăăŚĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăäťĺ˘é¨ćăćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rod mechanism includes a rotary arm that is rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door, and a rod member that connects the rotary arm and the other of the vehicle body and the lower door,
The support device further rotates the rotating arm by an urging force when the vehicle door shifts from the half-open state to the fully-open state, so that the rod mechanism shifts from the first state to the second state. The vehicle door support device according to claim 1, further comprising an urging member. - ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ĺ˝ćĽĺŻč˝ăŞä˝ç˝ŽăŤč¨ăăăăăšăăăé¨ćăĺăăĺč¨äťĺ˘é¨ćăŻăĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺč¨ăšăăăé¨ćăŤĺŻžăăŚćźăäťăăćšĺăŤäťĺ˘ăăŚĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤäżćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The locking device includes a stopper member provided at a position capable of contacting the rotating arm, and the urging member urges the rotating arm in a direction in which the rotating arm is pressed against the stopper member. The vehicle door support device according to claim 2, wherein the vehicle door support device is held in a first state. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻăĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŤč¨ăăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăĺăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăŻĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăĺč¨ăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided on the rotating arm,
The lock device is provided movably on the vehicle body or the lower door, and locks the locked portion to restrict rotation of the rotating arm, and moves the lock member to move the locked portion. The vehicle door support device according to claim 2, further comprising: an operation mechanism that moves to a position not locked. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăŻĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăççśăŽăăŚă¸ăłă°ă¨ăĺč¨ăăŚă¸ăłă°ĺ ăŤä¸é¨ĺăćżĺ Ľăăĺč¨ăăŚă¸ăłă°ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺşć˛ĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăă¨ăĺăăŚäź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ăŤć§ćăăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺ縎ăăçść ă§ĺč¨ăăăăŽĺşć˛ĄăčŚĺśăăŚĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤäżćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rod mechanism includes a cylindrical housing that is rotatably attached to the vehicle body or the lower door, and a rod that is partially inserted into the housing and can be retracted and retracted from the housing. ,
2. The vehicle door support device according to claim 1, wherein the locking device restricts the rod from appearing and protruding while the rod mechanism is contracted to hold the rod mechanism in the first state. 3. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻăĺč¨ăăŚă¸ăłă°ăŤč¨ăăăă袍äżć˘é¨ăĺăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăŻĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤäżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăĺč¨ăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rod mechanism includes a locked portion provided in the housing,
The lock device includes a lock member that is movably supported by the vehicle body or the lower door and that holds the locked portion to hold the rod mechanism in the first state, and moves the lock member. The vehicle door support device according to claim 5, further comprising an operation mechanism that moves the locked portion to a position where the locked portion is not locked. - ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻăĺč¨ăăăăć˛Ąĺ Ľăăăăăăă¨ăŤăăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ă§äżćăăăăăŻçść ă¨ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăă¨ă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤĺăćăăăăăŤć§ćăăăŚăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The locking device includes a locked state in which the rod mechanism is held in the first state when the rod is immersed, and an unlocked state in which the rod mechanism is allowed to shift to the second state. The vehicle door support device according to claim 5, wherein the vehicle door support device is configured to be switched alternately. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻă
ăčťä˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăćŻćăăźăšă¨ă
ăĺč¨ćŻćăăźăšăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăĺăłăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺ蝸ä¸ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŞĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ă§ćŻćăăĺ縎çść ă¨ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăă䟸éˇçść ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăŁăŚăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ă¨ă
ăĺăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻă
ăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść ă¨ăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇçść ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă¨ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ăĺăă
ăćŻćčŁ ç˝ŽăŻăăăŤăćŻćăăźăšăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă§ĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤç§ťĺéä¸ă§ĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ă¨äżĺăăŚĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ăćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rod mechanism is
A support base attached to the vehicle body,
A fixed-side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable-side member that is axially movable coaxially with the fixed-side member and supports the vehicle door in a fully-closed state and a half-open state It is extendable between a contracted state where the vehicle door is fully opened and an extended state where the vehicle door is fully opened, and is provided between the fixed side member and the movable side member to urge the movable side member toward the extended side. A telescopic rod body provided with biasing means;
With
The locking device is
Switching means provided on the fixed side member, and switching between a locked state that holds the movable side member in a contracted state and an unlocked state that allows the movable side member to be in an extended state;
The support device is further provided on the support base, and when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to the fully closed position, the support device is engaged with the switching means in the middle of movement to lock the switching means. The vehicle door support device according to claim 1, further comprising a reset means for switching. - ăĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăŻă
ăççśăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăă¨ă¨ăăŤĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŽĺşçŤŻĺ´ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăă¤čť¸ćšĺăŤćĺŽçŻĺ˛ă§ç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎ĺ´ăŤç§ťĺăăéăŤĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺĺé¨ă¨äżĺăăŚćĺŽč§ĺşŚăă¤ä¸ĺŽćšĺăŤĺĺăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăăă¨ăŤăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŽç§ťĺăčŚĺśăăăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăĺč¨äżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ä¸č˝ăŞă˘ăłăăăŻä˝ç˝Žă¨ăŤäş¤äşăŤé 罎ăăăĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ă
ăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćăĺč¨äź¸ç¸ŽăăăćŹä˝ăŽäź¸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăă°ăă¨ă
ăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ä¸ä˝ĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ćĺŽč§ĺşŚăŽďźĺăŽăăăă§äżĺĺ¸é¨ăçŞč¨ăăăĺč¨ăŞăťăăć掾ă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞăŞăťăăé¨ćă¨
ăĺăăŚăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The switching means is
It is formed in a cylindrical shape and can be rotated to the base end side of the fixed side member and movable in a predetermined range in the axial direction, and is provided on the movable side member when the movable side member moves to the contraction side. A locking position that engages with the rotating portion and rotates in a predetermined direction by a predetermined angle, and locks with a locking portion provided on the movable side member, thereby restricting the movement of the movable side member; Rotating members that are alternately arranged at the locking portion and the unlock position where locking cannot be performed,
A spring that biases the rotating member toward the extending side of the telescopic rod body;
The reset member which is provided so as to be able to rotate integrally with the rotating member, has an engaging convex portion protruding at a pitch twice the predetermined angle, and is engageable with the reset means. Vehicle door support device. - ăĺč¨ĺĺé¨ăŻĺąąé¨ăćĺŽč§ĺşŚééă§ĺ˝˘ćăăăăŤă é¨ăćăă
ăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćăŻĺč¨ăŞăťăăé¨ćă貍éăăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćăŽĺč¨ăŞăťăăé¨ćăŤĺŻžăăŚĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăŤčżă獯é¨ăŤăŻăĺč¨ăŤă é¨ă¨äżĺĺŻč˝ăŞé¸ćŻçśăŽăŤă ăč¨ăăăăĺč¨ăŞăťăăé¨ćăćăă§ăŤă é¨ă¨ĺ寞ĺ´ăŽçŤŻé¨ăŤăŻăćĺŽä˝ç˝ŽăŤé 罎ăăăĺşĺŽăŽă¤ă¨ĺăżĺăŁăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćăŽĺ蝢ćšĺă¨éćšĺă¸ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăŽă¤é¨ăč¨ăăăă
ăĺč¨ăŞăťăăé¨ćăŻăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćă¨ăăăă°ăăäťăăŚĺ蝢ĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăĺč¨ăăăă°ăăŽĺĺăŻăĺč¨ĺ蝢é¨ćă犺蝢ăăăăă¨ăĺŻč˝ăŞĺĺ䝼ä¸ăŽĺ¤§ăăăŤč¨ĺŽăăăŚăă
ăčŤćąé ďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The rotating part has a cam part in which crests are formed at predetermined angular intervals,
The rotating member penetrates the reset member, and a serrated cam that can be engaged with the cam portion is provided at an end portion of the rotating member that is close to the movable member with respect to the reset member, and the reset member At the end opposite to the cam portion across the member, a gear portion is provided that meshes with a fixed gear arranged at a predetermined position and restricts rotation of the rotating member in a direction opposite to the rotation direction,
The reset member is rotatably connected to the rotating member via a torsion spring, and a reaction force of the torsion spring is set to be larger than a reaction force capable of causing the rotation member to idle. Item 10. The vehicle door support device according to Item 9. - ăĺč¨äź¸ç¸ŽăăăćŹä˝ăŻă
ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăăĺéçść ăŽä˝ç˝Žăžă§éćžăăăéăŻĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăĺéçść ăŤăăăŚĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăă¨ăŤăăă䟸éˇçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăŚĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ă¨ăŞăă
ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăŚăĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăĺč¨éŁçľé¨ăä¸ĺżăŤĺĺăăăŚĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺéçść ăŤăăă¨ă䟸éˇçść ăăĺ縎çść ăŤĺ¤ĺăăŚĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăă
ăčŤćąé ďźď˝čŤćąé ďźďźăŽăăăăä¸é ăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽćŻćčŁ ç˝Žă The telescopic rod body is
While the vehicle door is opened from the fully closed state to the half open state, the vehicle door is held in a contracted state. In the half open state, the switching means is switched from the locked state to the unlocked state, thereby shifting to the extended state and the vehicle. The door is fully open,
When the vehicle door is fully open and the lower door is rotated about the connecting portion to make the vehicle door half open, the extension means is changed to the contracted state, and the switching means is changed from the unlocked state to the locked state. The vehicle door support device according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the vehicle door support device is switched. - ăä¸çŤŻé¨ăčťä˝ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăăăŤéŠĺăăăă˘ăăăă˘ăĺăłăä¸çŤŻé¨ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŽä¸çŤŻé¨ăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤéŁçľăăăăă˘ăă˘ăćăă芲ăă˘ăă˘ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăă¤ă¤ĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺŻžăăŚĺĺăăŚăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăŽéŁçľé¨ăĺč¨čťä˝ĺ¤ćšăŤçŞĺşăăăăăŤĺăăĺč¨čťä˝ăŤĺ˝˘ćăăăéĺŁé¨ăééăăĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺč¨éĺŁé¨ăéćžăăĺéçść ĺăłĺ ¨éçść ă¨ăŞăčťä¸Ąăă˘ă¨ă
ăĺč¨čťä˝ă¨ăă˘ăă˘ă¨ăéŁçľăăă¨ĺ ąăŤăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ăŤăăăŚĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăă珏ďźçść ă¨ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăŽĺ ¨éçść ăŤăăăŚĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăćŻćăĺč¨čťä˝ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ä¸ăŽćŻçšă¨ăŽéăŽčˇé˘ăĺč¨ĺéçść ăŽă¨ăăăăéˇăăŞă珏ďźăŽçść ă¨ăŤç§ťčĄĺŻč˝ăŞăăăćŠć§ă¨ă
ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ă§äżćĺŻč˝ăŞăăăŻčŁ 罎ă¨ă
ăćăăčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ă An upper door having an upper end adapted to be pivotally connected to the vehicle body, and a lower door having an upper end pivotally connected to the lower end of the upper door, the lower door being connected to the upper door The upper door rotates with respect to the vehicle body while rotating, and the connecting portion between the upper door and the lower door moves so as to protrude outward from the vehicle body, thereby closing the opening formed in the vehicle body. A vehicle door that is in a closed state and a half-open state and a fully-open state that opens the opening;
The vehicle body and the lower door are coupled, and the vehicle door is fully closed and half open, and the lower door is supported in the first state. The vehicle door is fully opened and the lower door is supported to support the lower door. A rod mechanism capable of shifting to a second state in which the distance between the fulcrum on the lower door is longer than that in the half-open state;
A locking device capable of holding the rod mechanism in the first state;
A vehicle door device. - ăĺč¨ă˘ăăăă˘ĺăŻăă˘ăă˘ăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ăăéăăăăéăŤĺćéŁçľé¨ăčťä˝ĺ ĺ´ăŤĺăăŁăŚćăăăŽăčŚĺśăăčŚĺśé¨ćăăăăŤćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ă The vehicle door device according to claim 12, further comprising a restricting member that is provided on the upper door or the lower door and restricts the first connecting portion from being bent toward the inside of the vehicle body when the vehicle door is closed from a fully opened state. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻă
ăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăłĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăä¸ćšăŤĺ蝢čŞĺ¨ăŤĺăäťăăăăĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ăĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ă¨ĺč¨čťä˝ĺăłĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŽăăĄăăăăäťćšă¨ăéŁçľăăăăăé¨ćă¨ăĺăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻă
ăĺč¨čťä˝ĺăŻĺč¨ăă˘ăă˘ăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ăäżć˘ăăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăŽĺ蝢ăčŚĺśăăăăăŻé¨ćă¨ăĺč¨ăăăŻé¨ćă秝ĺăăăŚĺč¨č˘Ťäżć˘é¨ă¨äżć˘ăăŞăä˝ç˝Žă¸ç§ťĺăăăćä˝ćŠć§ă¨ăĺăă
ăăăăŤăĺč¨ä¸ćăĺźăă˘ăĺč¨ĺéçść ăăĺč¨ĺ ¨éçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăéăŤăäťĺ˘ĺăŤăăŁăŚĺč¨ĺ蝢ă˘ăźă ăĺ蝢ăăăŚĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăăĺč¨çŹŹďźăŽçść ăŤç§ťčĄăăăäťĺ˘é¨ćăćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ă The rod mechanism is
A rotating arm rotatably attached to one of the vehicle body and the lower door; and a rod member that connects the other of the rotating arm and the vehicle body and the lower door;
The locking device is
A lock member that is movably provided on the vehicle body or the lower door and that locks the locked portion to restrict rotation of the rotary arm; and does not lock the locked member by moving the lock member An operation mechanism for moving to a position,
Further, when the folding door is shifted from the half-open state to the fully-open state, the rotating mechanism is rotated by a biasing force to shift the rod mechanism from the first state to the second state. The vehicle door device according to claim 12, further comprising a force member. - ăĺč¨ăăăćŠć§ăŻă
ăčťä˝ăŤĺăäťăăăăćŻćăăźăšă¨ă
ăĺč¨ćŻćăăźăšăŤĺĺĺŻč˝ăŤćŻćăăăĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăĺăłăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺ蝸ä¸ă§čť¸ćšĺăŤç§ťĺĺŻč˝ăŞĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺăăă¨ă¨ăăŤăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ĺăłĺéçść ă§ćŻćăăĺ縎çść ă¨ăĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éçść ă§ćŻćăă䟸éˇçść ă¨ăŽéă§äź¸ç¸ŽĺŻč˝ă§ăăŁăŚăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćă¨ĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă¨ăŽéăŤč¨ăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇĺ´ăŤäťĺ˘ăăäťĺ˘ć掾ăĺăă䟸縎ăăăćŹä˝ă¨ă
ăĺăă
ăĺč¨ăăăŻčŁ 罎ăŻă
ăĺč¨ĺşĺŽĺ´é¨ćăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćăĺ縎çść ăŤäżćăăăăăŻçść ă¨ăĺč¨ĺŻĺĺ´é¨ćă䟸éˇçść ăŤăŞăăŽă訹厚ăăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăĺăćăć掾ăĺăă
ăăăăŤăĺč¨ćŻćăăźăšăŤč¨ăăăăĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăă˘ăłăăăŻçść ă§ĺč¨čťä¸Ąăă˘ăĺ ¨éä˝ç˝ŽăŤç§ťĺăăăĺ ´ĺăŤç§ťĺéä¸ă§ĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ă¨äżĺăăŚĺč¨ĺăćăć掾ăăăăŻçść ăŤĺăćăăăŞăťăăć掾ăćăă
ăčŤćąé ďźďźăŤč¨čźăŽčťä¸Ąăă˘čŁ 罎ă The rod mechanism is
A support base attached to the vehicle body,
A fixed-side member rotatably supported by the support base, and a movable-side member that is axially movable coaxially with the fixed-side member and supports the vehicle door in a fully-closed state and a half-open state The movable side member is provided between the fixed side member and the movable side member, and is attached to the extended side. A telescopic rod body provided with a biasing means for biasing;
With
The locking device is
A switching means provided on the fixed side member, for switching between a locked state for holding the movable side member in a contracted state and an unlocked state for allowing the movable side member to be in an extended state;
Further, provided in the support base, when the switching means is unlocked and the vehicle door is moved to a fully closed position, the reset is engaged with the switching means during the movement to switch the switching means to the locked state. The vehicle door device according to claim 12, comprising means.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2007332301 | 2007-12-25 | ||
JP2007332302A JP5056402B2 (en) | 2007-12-25 | 2007-12-25 | Rod structure of vehicle folding door and vehicle folding door |
JP2007-332301 | 2007-12-25 | ||
JP2007-332302 | 2007-12-25 | ||
JP2008058048A JP4992766B2 (en) | 2007-12-25 | 2008-03-07 | Support device for vehicle folding door |
JP2008-058048 | 2008-03-07 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2009081939A1 true WO2009081939A1 (en) | 2009-07-02 |
Family
ID=40801239
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2008/073445 WO2009081939A1 (en) | 2007-12-25 | 2008-12-24 | Support device for vehicle door, and vehicle door device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2009081939A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2009154585A (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-16 | Aisin Seiki Co Ltd | Vehicular folding type door |
CN107458191A (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2017-12-12 | ĺĽç湽轌čĄäť˝ćéĺ Źĺ¸ | A kind of mounting structure of motorcar electric strut |
CN109906754A (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2019-06-21 | ć Şĺźäźç¤žäš äżç° | Combine harvester |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6021041U (en) * | 1983-07-20 | 1985-02-13 | ăăăłć Şĺźäźç¤ž | pillar |
JPH0319142U (en) * | 1989-07-05 | 1991-02-25 | ||
US6068327A (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2000-05-30 | Peregrine Incorporated | Upwardly folding vehicle door assembly |
JP2002227513A (en) * | 2001-01-15 | 2002-08-14 | Arturo Salice Spa | Lifting device for folding double door |
-
2008
- 2008-12-24 WO PCT/JP2008/073445 patent/WO2009081939A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6021041U (en) * | 1983-07-20 | 1985-02-13 | ăăăłć Şĺźäźç¤ž | pillar |
JPH0319142U (en) * | 1989-07-05 | 1991-02-25 | ||
US6068327A (en) * | 1997-10-21 | 2000-05-30 | Peregrine Incorporated | Upwardly folding vehicle door assembly |
JP2002227513A (en) * | 2001-01-15 | 2002-08-14 | Arturo Salice Spa | Lifting device for folding double door |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2009154585A (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-16 | Aisin Seiki Co Ltd | Vehicular folding type door |
CN107458191A (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2017-12-12 | ĺĽç湽轌čĄäť˝ćéĺ Źĺ¸ | A kind of mounting structure of motorcar electric strut |
CN109906754A (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2019-06-21 | ć Şĺźäźç¤žäš äżç° | Combine harvester |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11162284B2 (en) | One motor latch assembly with power cinch and power release having soft opening function | |
US6390517B1 (en) | Opening aid for door locks | |
US10309130B2 (en) | Motor vehicle door lock | |
US8757682B2 (en) | Motor vehicle door lock | |
US10358848B2 (en) | Motor vehicle door lock | |
CN103998704B (en) | Lock device having a multi-part pawl | |
KR20100123658A (en) | Vehicle lock | |
US6418667B1 (en) | Tailgate folding device of automotive vehicle | |
US10767396B2 (en) | Vehicular latch assembly with latch mechanism having pop-off sound reduction | |
JP2006240611A (en) | Door system for vehicle | |
US7806458B2 (en) | Convertible vehicle with a cover part which may open in two directions | |
US11584451B2 (en) | Vehicle having multifunctional tailgate | |
KR20100106516A (en) | Hood safety closure system having separate catch hook control | |
CN1746455A (en) | Latch release mechanism | |
WO2009081939A1 (en) | Support device for vehicle door, and vehicle door device | |
JP2003211962A (en) | Door structure for automobile | |
KR20210055827A (en) | Half sliding/swing composite door of the vehicle | |
JP4042954B2 (en) | Open / close lid lock device for vehicle | |
US10138657B2 (en) | Motor vehicle door lock | |
JP4992766B2 (en) | Support device for vehicle folding door | |
JP4271493B2 (en) | Fuel lid device | |
JP4992765B2 (en) | Support device for vehicle folding door | |
JP2006137419A (en) | Folding type roof for cabriolet | |
JP5056402B2 (en) | Rod structure of vehicle folding door and vehicle folding door | |
US20150082703A1 (en) | Remote control mechanism for sliding door |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 08865076 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 08865076 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |